gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
98
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result *,
101 enum bptype, char *,
102 char **);
103
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 struct linespec_sals *,
107 char *, enum bptype,
108 enum bpdisp, int, int,
109 int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
111 int, int, int);
112
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
115
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
117
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
119
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
121
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
123
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125
126 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 enum bptype,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
129 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
130 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 static. */
134 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
135 struct symtab_and_line,
136 enum bptype,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138
139 static struct breakpoint *
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 enum bptype type,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
143
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
145
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
148 enum bptype bptype);
149
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
153
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
155 CORE_ADDR addr1,
156 struct address_space *aspace2,
157 CORE_ADDR addr2);
158
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
160 struct bp_location *loc2);
161
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
163 struct address_space *aspace,
164 CORE_ADDR addr);
165
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
167
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
169
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
172
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
174
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
176
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
178
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
180
181 typedef enum
182 {
183 mark_inserted,
184 mark_uninserted
185 }
186 insertion_state_t;
187
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190
191 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
192
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
194
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
196
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
198
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
200
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
202 enum bptype type,
203 int *other_type_used);
204
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
206
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
208
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
210
211 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
212
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
214
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
216
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
218
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
220 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
221
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
225
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
227 CORE_ADDR pc);
228
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
232
233 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
234
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
236
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
238
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
240
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
242
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
244
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
246
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
248
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
250
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
252
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
254
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
256
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
258 otherwise. */
259
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
263 from. */
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
265
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
270
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
273
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
278 breakpoints. */
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
280
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
284 {
285 /* The reference count. */
286 int refc;
287
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line *commands;
290 };
291
292 struct command_line *
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
294 {
295 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
296 }
297
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
300
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
302
303 const char *
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
305 {
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
308 a breakpoint. */
309 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
310
311 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
312 }
313
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
318
319 static void
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
321 struct cmd_list_element *c,
322 const char *value)
323 {
324 fprintf_filtered (file,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
327 value);
328 }
329
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
335 static void
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
337 struct cmd_list_element *c,
338 const char *value)
339 {
340 fprintf_filtered (file,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
351 static void
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
353 struct cmd_list_element *c,
354 const char *value)
355 {
356 fprintf_filtered (file,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
358 value);
359 }
360
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
366
367 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto,
372 always_inserted_off,
373 always_inserted_on,
374 NULL
375 };
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
377 static void
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
379 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
380 {
381 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
382 fprintf_filtered (file,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
385 value,
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
387 else
388 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 value);
390 }
391
392 int
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
394 {
395 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
397 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
398 }
399
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
401
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
404
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled;
407
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
410
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
414
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
416
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
420 B = TMP)
421
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
425
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
429 BP_TMP++)
430
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
432
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
436
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
438
439 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
440
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
442
443 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
444
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
446
447 static unsigned bp_location_count;
448
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
454
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
456
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
462
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
464
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
467 by a target. */
468 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
469
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
471
472 static int breakpoint_count;
473
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
479
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
481
482 static int tracepoint_count;
483
484 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
485 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
486 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
487
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
489 static int
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
491 {
492 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
493 }
494
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
496
497 static void
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
499 {
500 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
501 breakpoint_count = num;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
503 }
504
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
508
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
510 breakpoint made. */
511
512 void
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
514 {
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
516 }
517
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
519 breakpoint made. */
520
521 void
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
523 {
524 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
525 }
526
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
528
529 void
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
531 {
532 struct breakpoint *b;
533
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
535 b->hit_count = 0;
536 }
537
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
540
541 static struct counted_command_line *
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
543 {
544 struct counted_command_line *result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
546
547 result->refc = 1;
548 result->commands = commands;
549 return result;
550 }
551
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
553
554 static void
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
556 {
557 if (cmd)
558 ++cmd->refc;
559 }
560
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
564
565 static void
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
567 {
568 if (*cmdp)
569 {
570 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
571 {
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
573 xfree (*cmdp);
574 }
575 *cmdp = NULL;
576 }
577 }
578
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
580
581 static void
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
583 {
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
585 }
586
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
588 argument. */
589
590 static struct cleanup *
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
592 {
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
594 }
595
596 \f
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599
600 struct breakpoint *
601 get_breakpoint (int num)
602 {
603 struct breakpoint *b;
604
605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
606 if (b->number == num)
607 return b;
608
609 return NULL;
610 }
611
612 \f
613
614 void
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
616 int from_tty)
617 {
618 xfree (b->cond_string);
619 b->cond_string = NULL;
620
621 if (is_watchpoint (b))
622 {
623 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
624
625 xfree (w->cond_exp);
626 w->cond_exp = NULL;
627 }
628 else
629 {
630 struct bp_location *loc;
631
632 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
633 {
634 xfree (loc->cond);
635 loc->cond = NULL;
636 }
637 }
638
639 if (*exp == 0)
640 {
641 if (from_tty)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
643 }
644 else
645 {
646 char *arg = exp;
647
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
651 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
652
653 if (is_watchpoint (b))
654 {
655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
656
657 innermost_block = NULL;
658 arg = exp;
659 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
660 if (*arg)
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 struct bp_location *loc;
667
668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
669 {
670 arg = exp;
671 loc->cond =
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
673 if (*arg)
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
675 }
676 }
677 }
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
680 }
681
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
683
684 static void
685 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
686 {
687 struct breakpoint *b;
688 char *p;
689 int bnum;
690
691 if (arg == 0)
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
693
694 p = arg;
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
696 if (bnum == 0)
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
698
699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
700 if (b->number == bnum)
701 {
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
706 if (b->py_bp_object
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
711 return;
712 }
713
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
715 }
716
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
720
721 static void
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
723 {
724 struct command_line *c;
725
726 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
727 {
728 int i;
729
730 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
733
734 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
736
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
739 command directly. */
740 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
742
743 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
745 }
746 }
747
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
749
750 static int
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
752 {
753 return (type == bp_tracepoint
754 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
756 }
757
758 int
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
760 {
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
762 }
763
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
766 found. */
767
768 static void
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
770 struct command_line *commands)
771 {
772 if (is_tracepoint (b))
773 {
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line *c;
779 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
780 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
781 {
782 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
783 {
784 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
790
791 if (while_stepping)
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
794 else
795 while_stepping = c;
796 }
797 }
798 if (while_stepping)
799 {
800 struct command_line *c2;
801
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
803 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
804 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
805 {
806 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
808 }
809 }
810 }
811 else
812 {
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
814 }
815 }
816
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
819
820 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
822 {
823 struct breakpoint *b;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
825 struct bp_location *loc;
826
827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
828 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
829 {
830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
831 if (loc->address == addr)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
833 }
834
835 return found;
836 }
837
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
840
841 void
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
843 struct command_line *commands)
844 {
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
846
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
848 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
851 }
852
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
855 commands. */
856
857 void
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
859 {
860 int old_silent = b->silent;
861
862 b->silent = silent;
863 if (old_silent != silent)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
865 }
866
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
869
870 void
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
872 {
873 int old_thread = b->thread;
874
875 b->thread = thread;
876 if (old_thread != thread)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
878 }
879
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
882
883 void
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
885 {
886 int old_task = b->task;
887
888 b->task = task;
889 if (old_task != task)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
891 }
892
893 void
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
895 {
896 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
897
898 validate_actionline (&line, b);
899 }
900
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
903
904 struct commands_info
905 {
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
907 int from_tty;
908
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
910 char *arg;
911
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line *control;
915
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
917 yet been read. */
918 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
919 };
920
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
922 commands_command. */
923
924 static void
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
926 {
927 struct commands_info *info = data;
928
929 if (info->cmd == NULL)
930 {
931 struct command_line *l;
932
933 if (info->control != NULL)
934 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
935 else
936 {
937 struct cleanup *old_chain;
938 char *str;
939
940 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
942 info->arg);
943
944 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
945
946 l = read_command_lines (str,
947 info->from_tty, 1,
948 (is_tracepoint (b)
949 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
950 b);
951
952 do_cleanups (old_chain);
953 }
954
955 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
956 }
957
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
959 do anything. */
960 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
961 {
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
965 b->commands = info->cmd;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
968 }
969 }
970
971 static void
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
973 struct command_line *control)
974 {
975 struct cleanup *cleanups;
976 struct commands_info info;
977
978 info.from_tty = from_tty;
979 info.control = control;
980 info.cmd = NULL;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
984
985 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
986 {
987 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
988 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
989 breakpoint_count);
990 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
991 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
992 else
993 {
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
997 arg = NULL;
998 }
999 }
1000 else
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1002 our argument. */
1003 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1004
1005 if (arg != NULL)
1006 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1007
1008 info.arg = arg;
1009
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1011
1012 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1014
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1016 }
1017
1018 static void
1019 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1020 {
1021 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1022 }
1023
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1026
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1031 {
1032 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1033 return simple_control;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1037
1038 static int
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1040 {
1041 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1042 return 0;
1043 if (!bl->inserted)
1044 return 0;
1045 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1047 return 0;
1048 return 1;
1049 }
1050
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1053
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1062 and:
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1064
1065 void
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1067 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1069 {
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1071 search. */
1072 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1073
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1077
1078 bc_l = 0;
1079 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1080 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1081 {
1082 struct bp_location *bl;
1083
1084 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1085 bl = bp_location[bc];
1086
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1091
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1095
1096 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1097 >= bl->address)
1098 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1099 <= memaddr))
1100 bc_l = bc;
1101 else
1102 bc_r = bc;
1103 }
1104
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1110 B:
1111
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1113
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1117 and L2. */
1118 while (bc_l > 0
1119 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1120 bc_l--;
1121
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1123
1124 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1125 {
1126 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1128 int bp_size = 0;
1129 int bptoffset = 0;
1130
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1134 bl->owner->number);
1135
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1137 content. */
1138
1139 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1142 break;
1143
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1145 continue;
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1147 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1148 continue;
1149
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1151 we need to copy. */
1152 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1153 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1154
1155 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1157 are reading. */
1158 continue;
1159
1160 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1162 reading. */
1163 continue;
1164
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1167 {
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1170 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1171 bp_addr = memaddr;
1172 }
1173
1174 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1175 {
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1178 }
1179
1180 if (readbuf != NULL)
1181 {
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1183 shadow. */
1184 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1185 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1186 }
1187 else
1188 {
1189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1190 const unsigned char *bp;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1192 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1193
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1196 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1197
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1199 address. */
1200 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1201
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1205 }
1206 }
1207 }
1208 \f
1209
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1211
1212 static int
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1214 {
1215 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1218 }
1219
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1221 software. */
1222
1223 int
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1225 {
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1227 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1238
1239 static int
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1241 {
1242 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1243 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1244 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1245 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1249 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1250
1251 static void
1252 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1253 {
1254 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1255
1256 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1257 {
1258 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1259 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1260 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1261 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1262 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1263 }
1264 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1268 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1269 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1270 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1271 in b->loc->cond.
1272 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1273
1274 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1275 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1276 it.
1277
1278 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1279 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1280 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1281 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1282 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1283 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1284 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1285 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1286
1287 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1288 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1289 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1290 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1291 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1292 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1293 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1294 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1295 not changed.
1296
1297 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1298 hardware watchpoints:
1299
1300 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1301 called several times when GDB stops.
1302
1303 [linux]
1304 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1305 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1306 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1307 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1308 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1309 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1310 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1311 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1312 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1313 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1314 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1315
1316 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1317 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1318
1319 static void
1320 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1321 {
1322 int within_current_scope;
1323 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1324 int frame_saved;
1325
1326 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1327 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1328 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1329 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1330 return;
1331
1332 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1333 return;
1334
1335 frame_saved = 0;
1336
1337 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1338 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1339 within_current_scope = 1;
1340 else
1341 {
1342 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1343 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1344 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1345
1346 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1347 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1348 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1349 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1350 return;
1351
1352 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1353 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1354 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1355 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1356 selected frame. */
1357 frame_saved = 1;
1358 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1359
1360 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1361 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1362 if (within_current_scope)
1363 select_frame (fi);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1367 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1368 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1369 b->base.loc = NULL;
1370
1371 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1372 {
1373 char *s;
1374
1375 if (b->exp)
1376 {
1377 xfree (b->exp);
1378 b->exp = NULL;
1379 }
1380 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1381 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1382 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1383 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1384 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1385 be completely different objects. */
1386 value_free (b->val);
1387 b->val = NULL;
1388 b->val_valid = 0;
1389
1390 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1391 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1392 locations (re)created below. */
1393 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1394 {
1395 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1396 {
1397 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1398 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1399 }
1400
1401 s = b->base.cond_string;
1402 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1403 }
1404 }
1405
1406 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1407 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1408 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1409 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1410 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1411 if ( !target_has_execution)
1412 {
1413 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1414 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1415 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1416 }
1417 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1418 {
1419 int pc = 0;
1420 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1421 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1422
1423 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1424
1425 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1426 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1427 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1428 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1429 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1430 watchpoints. */
1431 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1432 {
1433 b->val = v;
1434 b->val_valid = 1;
1435 }
1436
1437 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1438
1439 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1440 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1441 {
1442 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1443 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1444 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1445 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1446 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1447 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1448 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1449 {
1450 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1451
1452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1453 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1454 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1455 if (v == result
1456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1458 {
1459 CORE_ADDR addr;
1460 int len, type;
1461 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1462
1463 addr = value_address (v);
1464 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1465 type = hw_write;
1466 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1467 type = hw_read;
1468 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1469 type = hw_access;
1470
1471 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1472 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1473 ;
1474 *tmp = loc;
1475 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1476
1477 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1478 loc->address = addr;
1479 loc->length = len;
1480 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1481 }
1482 }
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1486 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1487 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1488 is started. */
1489 if (reparse)
1490 {
1491 int reg_cnt;
1492 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1493 struct bp_location *bl;
1494
1495 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1496
1497 if (reg_cnt)
1498 {
1499 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1500 enum bptype type;
1501
1502 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1503 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1504 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1505
1506 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1507 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1508 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1509 this watchpoint in as well. */
1510
1511 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1512 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1513 hardware watchpoint type. */
1514 type = b->base.type;
1515 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1516 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1517
1518 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1519 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1520 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1521 through watch_command), so always account for it
1522 manually. */
1523
1524 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1525 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1526
1527 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1528 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1529
1530 target_resources_ok
1531 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1532 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1533 {
1534 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1535
1536 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1537 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1538 "hardware watchpoint."));
1539 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1540 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1541 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1542
1543 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1544 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1549 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1550 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1551 nop. */
1552 b->base.type = type;
1553 }
1554 }
1555 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1556 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1557 "read/access watchpoint."));
1558 else
1559 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1560
1561 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1562 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1563 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1564 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1565 }
1566
1567 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1568 {
1569 next = value_next (v);
1570 if (v != b->val)
1571 value_free (v);
1572 }
1573
1574 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1575 above left it without any location set up. But,
1576 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1577 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1578 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1579 {
1580 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1581 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1582 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1583 base->loc->address = -1;
1584 base->loc->length = -1;
1585 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1586 }
1587 }
1588 else if (!within_current_scope)
1589 {
1590 printf_filtered (_("\
1591 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1592 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1593 b->base.number);
1594 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1598 if (frame_saved)
1599 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1600 }
1601
1602
1603 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1604 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1605 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1606 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1607 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1608 static int
1609 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1610 {
1611 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1612 return 0;
1613
1614 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1615 return 0;
1616
1617 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1618 return 0;
1619
1620 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1621 return 0;
1622
1623 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1624 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1625 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1626 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1627 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1628 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1629 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1630 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1631 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1632 return 0;
1633
1634 return 1;
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1638 that the location is not duplicated. */
1639
1640 static int
1641 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1642 {
1643 int result;
1644 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1645
1646 bl->duplicate = 0;
1647 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1648 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1649 return result;
1650 }
1651
1652 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1653 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1654 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1655 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1656 -1 for failure.
1657
1658 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1659 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1660 static int
1661 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1662 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1663 int *disabled_breaks,
1664 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1665 {
1666 int val = 0;
1667
1668 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1669 return 0;
1670
1671 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1672 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1673 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1674 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1675 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1676
1677 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1678 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1679 {
1680 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1681 {
1682 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1683 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1684 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1685
1686 Two important cases are:
1687 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1688 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1689 hardware breakpoint.
1690 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1691 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1692 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1693 so we undo.
1694
1695 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1696 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1697 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1698 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1699 gdb. */
1700 struct mem_region *mr
1701 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1702
1703 if (mr)
1704 {
1705 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1706 {
1707 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1708
1709 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1710 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1711 else
1712 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1713
1714 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1715 {
1716 static int said = 0;
1717
1718 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1719 if (!said)
1720 {
1721 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1722 _("Note: automatically using "
1723 "hardware breakpoints for "
1724 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1725 said = 1;
1726 }
1727 }
1728 }
1729 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1730 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1731 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1732 "at readonly address %s"),
1733 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1734 }
1735 }
1736
1737 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1738 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1739 || bl->section == NULL
1740 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1741 {
1742 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745 }
1746 else
1747 {
1748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1750 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1751 {
1752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1757 bl->owner->number);
1758 else
1759 {
1760 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1761 bl->section);
1762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1763 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1764 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1765 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1766 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1767 if (val != 0)
1768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1769 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1770 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1771 bl->owner->number);
1772 }
1773 }
1774 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1775 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1776 {
1777 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1778 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1779 }
1780 else
1781 {
1782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1784 return 0;
1785 }
1786 }
1787
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1791 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1792 {
1793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1794 val = 0;
1795 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1797 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1798 {
1799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1801 bl->owner->number);
1802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1804 "library breakpoints:\n");
1805 }
1806 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1809 }
1810 else
1811 {
1812 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1813 {
1814 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1816 "Cannot insert hardware "
1817 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1818 bl->owner->number);
1819 }
1820 else
1821 {
1822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1823 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1824 bl->owner->number);
1825 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1826 "Error accessing memory address ");
1827 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1828 tmp_error_stream);
1829 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1830 safe_strerror (val));
1831 }
1832
1833 }
1834 }
1835 else
1836 bl->inserted = 1;
1837
1838 return val;
1839 }
1840
1841 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1844 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1845 {
1846 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1847 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1848
1849 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1850
1851 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1852 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1853 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1854 {
1855 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1856
1857 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1858 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1859 of this one. */
1860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1861 if (loc != bl
1862 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1863 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1864 {
1865 bl->duplicate = 1;
1866 bl->inserted = 1;
1867 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1868 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1869 val = 0;
1870 break;
1871 }
1872
1873 if (val == 1)
1874 {
1875 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1876 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1877
1878 if (val)
1879 /* Back to the original value. */
1880 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1881 }
1882 }
1883
1884 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1885 }
1886
1887 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1888 {
1889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1890 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1891
1892 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1893 if (val)
1894 {
1895 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1896
1897 if (val == 1)
1898 warning (_("\
1899 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1900 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1901 else
1902 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1903 }
1904
1905 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1906
1907 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1908 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1909 so just return success. */
1910 return 0;
1911 }
1912
1913 return 0;
1914 }
1915
1916 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1917 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1918 PSPACE anymore. */
1919
1920 void
1921 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1922 {
1923 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1924 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1925
1926 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1928 {
1929 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1930 delete_breakpoint (b);
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1934 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1936 {
1937 struct bp_location *tmp;
1938
1939 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1940 {
1941 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1942 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1943 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1944 else
1945 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1946 if (tmp->next == loc)
1947 {
1948 tmp->next = loc->next;
1949 break;
1950 }
1951 }
1952 }
1953
1954 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1955 removed locations above. */
1956 update_global_location_list (0);
1957 }
1958
1959 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1960 Throws exception on any error.
1961 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1962 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1963 void
1964 insert_breakpoints (void)
1965 {
1966 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1967
1968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1969 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1970 {
1971 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1972
1973 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1974 }
1975
1976 update_global_location_list (1);
1977
1978 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1979 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1980 now. */
1981 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1982 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1986
1987 static void
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1989 {
1990 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1991 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1992 int error_flag = 0;
1993 int val = 0;
1994 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1995 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1996
1997 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1998 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1999
2000 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2001 there was an error. */
2002 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2003
2004 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2005
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2007 {
2008 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2009 continue;
2010
2011 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2012 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2013 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2014 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2015 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2016 continue;
2017
2018 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2019
2020 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2021 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2022 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2023 insert breakpoints. */
2024 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2025 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2026 continue;
2027
2028 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2029 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2030 if (val)
2031 error_flag = val;
2032 }
2033
2034 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2035 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2037 {
2038 int some_failed = 0;
2039 struct bp_location *loc;
2040
2041 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2042 continue;
2043
2044 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2048 continue;
2049
2050 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2051 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2052 {
2053 some_failed = 1;
2054 break;
2055 }
2056 if (some_failed)
2057 {
2058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2059 if (loc->inserted)
2060 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2061
2062 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2063 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2064 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2065 bpt->number);
2066 error_flag = -1;
2067 }
2068 }
2069
2070 if (error_flag)
2071 {
2072 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2073 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2074 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2075 {
2076 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2077 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2078 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2079 }
2080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2082 }
2083
2084 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2085 }
2086
2087 /* Used when the program stops.
2088 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2089 removing a breakpoint location. */
2090
2091 int
2092 remove_breakpoints (void)
2093 {
2094 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2095 int val = 0;
2096
2097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2098 {
2099 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2100 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2101 }
2102 return val;
2103 }
2104
2105 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2106
2107 int
2108 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2109 {
2110 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2111 int val;
2112 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2113
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2115 {
2116 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2117 continue;
2118
2119 if (bl->inserted)
2120 {
2121 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2122 if (val != 0)
2123 return val;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 return 0;
2127 }
2128
2129 int
2130 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2131 {
2132 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2134 int val;
2135 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2136 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2137 struct inferior *inf;
2138 struct thread_info *tp;
2139
2140 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2141 if (tp == NULL)
2142 return 1;
2143
2144 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2145 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2146
2147 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2148
2149 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2150 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2151
2152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2153 {
2154 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2155 continue;
2156
2157 if (bl->inserted)
2158 {
2159 bl->inserted = 0;
2160 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2161 if (val != 0)
2162 {
2163 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2164 return val;
2165 }
2166 }
2167 }
2168 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2169 return 0;
2170 }
2171
2172 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2173
2174 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2175 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2176 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2177 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2178 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2179 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2180 static void
2181 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2182 {
2183 if (internal)
2184 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2185 else
2186 {
2187 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2188 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2189 }
2190 }
2191
2192 static struct breakpoint *
2193 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2194 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2196 {
2197 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2198 struct breakpoint *b;
2199
2200 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2201
2202 sal.pc = address;
2203 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2204 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2205
2206 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2207 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2208 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2209
2210 return b;
2211 }
2212
2213 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2214 {
2215 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2216 };
2217 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2218
2219 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2221 {
2222 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2223 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2224
2225 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2226 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2227
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2230
2231 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2233 };
2234
2235 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2236
2237 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2238 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2239
2240 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2241
2242 static int
2243 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2244 {
2245 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2249 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2250
2251 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2252 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2253 {
2254 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2255
2256 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2257 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2258 {
2259 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2260 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2261
2262 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2263 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2264 }
2265 return bp_objfile_data;
2266 }
2267
2268 static void
2269 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2270 {
2271 struct objfile *objfile;
2272 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2273
2274 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2275 {
2276 struct breakpoint *b;
2277 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2278 CORE_ADDR addr;
2279
2280 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2281
2282 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2283 continue;
2284
2285 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2286 {
2287 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2288
2289 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2290 if (m == NULL)
2291 {
2292 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2293 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2294 continue;
2295 }
2296 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2297 }
2298
2299 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2300 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2301 bp_overlay_event,
2302 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2303 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2304
2305 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2306 {
2307 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2308 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2309 }
2310 else
2311 {
2312 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2313 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2314 }
2315 }
2316 update_global_location_list (1);
2317 }
2318
2319 static void
2320 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2321 {
2322 struct program_space *pspace;
2323 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2324
2325 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2326
2327 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330
2331 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2332
2333 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2334 {
2335 int i;
2336 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2338
2339 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2340 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2341 continue;
2342
2343 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2344
2345 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2346 {
2347 struct breakpoint *b;
2348 const char *func_name;
2349 CORE_ADDR addr;
2350
2351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2352 continue;
2353
2354 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2355 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2356 {
2357 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2358
2359 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2360 if (m == NULL)
2361 {
2362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2363 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2364 continue;
2365 }
2366 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2367 }
2368
2369 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2371 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2372 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2373 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2374 }
2375 }
2376 }
2377 update_global_location_list (1);
2378
2379 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2383 static void
2384 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2385 {
2386 struct program_space *pspace;
2387 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2388 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2389
2390 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2391
2392 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2393 {
2394 struct objfile *objfile;
2395 CORE_ADDR addr;
2396
2397 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2398
2399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2400 {
2401 struct breakpoint *b;
2402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2403
2404 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2405
2406 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2407 continue;
2408
2409 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2410 {
2411 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2412
2413 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2414 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2415 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2416 {
2417 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2418 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2419 continue;
2420 }
2421 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2422 }
2423
2424 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2426 bp_std_terminate_master,
2427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2430 }
2431 }
2432
2433 update_global_location_list (1);
2434
2435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2436 }
2437
2438 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2439
2440 void
2441 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2442 {
2443 struct objfile *objfile;
2444 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2445
2446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2447 {
2448 struct breakpoint *b;
2449 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2450 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2451 CORE_ADDR addr;
2452
2453 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2454
2455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2456 continue;
2457
2458 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2459
2460 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2461 {
2462 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2463
2464 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2465 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2466 {
2467 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2468 continue;
2469 }
2470
2471 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2472 }
2473
2474 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2475 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2476 &current_target);
2477 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2478 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2479 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2480 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2481 }
2482
2483 update_global_location_list (1);
2484 }
2485
2486 void
2487 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2488 {
2489 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2490 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2491
2492 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2493 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2494 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2495 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2496 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2497 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2498 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2499 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2501 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2502 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2503
2504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2505 {
2506 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2507 continue;
2508
2509 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2510 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2511 {
2512 delete_breakpoint (b);
2513 continue;
2514 }
2515
2516 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2517 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2518 {
2519 delete_breakpoint (b);
2520 continue;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2524 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2525 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2526 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2527 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2528 {
2529 delete_breakpoint (b);
2530 continue;
2531 }
2532
2533 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2534 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2535 {
2536 delete_breakpoint (b);
2537 continue;
2538 }
2539
2540 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2541 after an exec. */
2542 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2543 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2544 {
2545 delete_breakpoint (b);
2546 continue;
2547 }
2548
2549 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2550 {
2551 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2552 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2553 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2554 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2555 continue;
2556 }
2557
2558 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2559 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2560 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2561 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2562 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2563 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2564
2565 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2566 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2567 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2568 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2569 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2570 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2571 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2572
2573 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2574 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2575 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2576 let finish_command delete it.
2577
2578 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2579 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2580 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2581 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2582 solib breakpoints.) */
2583
2584 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2585 {
2586 continue;
2587 }
2588
2589 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2590 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2591 a.out. */
2592 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2593 {
2594 delete_breakpoint (b);
2595 continue;
2596 }
2597 }
2598 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2599 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2600 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2602 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2603 }
2604
2605 int
2606 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2607 {
2608 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2609 int val = 0;
2610 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2611 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2612
2613 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2614 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2615
2616 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2617 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2619 {
2620 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2621 continue;
2622
2623 if (bl->inserted)
2624 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2625 }
2626
2627 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2628 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2629
2630 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2631 return val;
2632 }
2633
2634 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2635 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2636 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2637 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2638 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2639
2640 static int
2641 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2642 {
2643 int val;
2644
2645 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2646 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2647
2648 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2649 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2650 return 0;
2651
2652 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2653 This should not ever happen. */
2654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2655
2656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2657 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2658 {
2659 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2660 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2661 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2662
2663 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2664 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2665 || bl->section == NULL
2666 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2667 {
2668 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2669 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2670 }
2671 else
2672 {
2673 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2674 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2675 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2676 {
2677 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2678 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2679 */
2680 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2681 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2682 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2683 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2684 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2685 else
2686 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2687 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2688 }
2689 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2690 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2691 if (bl->inserted)
2692 {
2693 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2694 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2695 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2696 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2697
2698 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2699 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2700 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2701 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2702 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2703 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2704 else
2705 val = 0;
2706 }
2707 else
2708 {
2709 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2710 val = 0;
2711 }
2712 }
2713
2714 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2715 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2716 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2717 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2718 val = 0;
2719
2720 if (val)
2721 return val;
2722 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2723 }
2724 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2725 {
2726 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2727 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2728
2729 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2730 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2731
2732 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2733 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2734 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2735 bl->owner->number);
2736 }
2737 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2738 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2739 && !bl->duplicate)
2740 {
2741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2742 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2743
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2745 if (val)
2746 return val;
2747
2748 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2749 }
2750
2751 return 0;
2752 }
2753
2754 static int
2755 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2756 {
2757 int ret;
2758 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2759
2760 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2761 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2762
2763 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2764 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2765 return 0;
2766
2767 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2768 This should not ever happen. */
2769 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2770
2771 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772
2773 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2774
2775 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2776
2777 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2778 return ret;
2779 }
2780
2781 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2782
2783 void
2784 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2785 {
2786 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2787
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2789 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2790 bl->inserted = 0;
2791 }
2792
2793 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2794 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2795
2796 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2797 between runs.
2798
2799 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2800 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2801 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2802
2803
2804
2805 void
2806 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2807 {
2808 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2809 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2810 int ix;
2811 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2812
2813 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2814 nothing to do. */
2815 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2816 return;
2817
2818 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2819 {
2820 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2822 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2823 bl->inserted = 0;
2824 }
2825
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2827 {
2828 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2829 continue;
2830
2831 switch (b->type)
2832 {
2833 case bp_call_dummy:
2834
2835 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2836 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2837 rid of it. */
2838
2839 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2840
2841 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2842
2843 case bp_shlib_event:
2844
2845 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2846 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2847 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2848 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2849 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2850
2851 (gdb) file prog-linux
2852 (gdb) run # native linux target
2853 ...
2854 (gdb) kill
2855 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2856 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2857 */
2858
2859 delete_breakpoint (b);
2860 break;
2861
2862 case bp_watchpoint:
2863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2864 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2865 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2866 {
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2868
2869 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2870 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2871 delete_breakpoint (b);
2872 else if (context == inf_starting)
2873 {
2874 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2875 insert_breakpoints. */
2876 if (w->val)
2877 value_free (w->val);
2878 w->val = NULL;
2879 w->val_valid = 0;
2880 }
2881 }
2882 break;
2883 default:
2884 break;
2885 }
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2889 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2890 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2891 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2895 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2896 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2897 match, not program space. */
2898
2899 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2900 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2901 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2902 permanent breakpoint.
2903 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2904 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2905 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2906 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2907 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2908
2909 enum breakpoint_here
2910 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2911 {
2912 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2913 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2914
2915 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2916 {
2917 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2918 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2919 continue;
2920
2921 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2922 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2923 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2924 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2925 {
2926 if (overlay_debugging
2927 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2928 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2929 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2930 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2931 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2932 else
2933 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2934 }
2935 }
2936
2937 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2941
2942 int
2943 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *loc;
2946 int ix;
2947
2948 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2949 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2950 return 1;
2951
2952 return 0;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2956 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2957 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2958 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2959
2960 int
2961 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2962 CORE_ADDR pc)
2963 {
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2965
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2967 {
2968 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2969 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2970 continue;
2971
2972 if (bl->inserted
2973 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2974 {
2975 if (overlay_debugging
2976 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2977 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2978 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2979 else
2980 return 1;
2981 }
2982 }
2983 return 0;
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2987 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2988
2989 int
2990 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2991 {
2992 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2993 return 1;
2994
2995 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2996 return 1;
2997
2998 return 0;
2999 }
3000
3001 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3002 inserted at PC. */
3003
3004 int
3005 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3006 CORE_ADDR pc)
3007 {
3008 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3009
3010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3011 {
3012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3013 continue;
3014
3015 if (bl->inserted
3016 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3017 aspace, pc))
3018 {
3019 if (overlay_debugging
3020 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3021 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3022 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3023 else
3024 return 1;
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3029 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3030 return 1;
3031
3032 return 0;
3033 }
3034
3035 int
3036 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3037 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3038 {
3039 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3040
3041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3042 {
3043 struct bp_location *loc;
3044
3045 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3046 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3047 continue;
3048
3049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3050 continue;
3051
3052 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3053 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3054 {
3055 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3056
3057 /* Check for intersection. */
3058 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3059 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3060 if (l < h)
3061 return 1;
3062 }
3063 }
3064 return 0;
3065 }
3066
3067 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3068 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3069
3070 int
3071 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3072 ptid_t ptid)
3073 {
3074 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3075 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3076 int thread = -1;
3077 int task = 0;
3078
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3080 {
3081 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3082 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3083 continue;
3084
3085 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3086 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3087 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3088 continue;
3089
3090 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3091 continue;
3092
3093 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3094 {
3095 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3096 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3097 it is now time to do so. */
3098 if (thread == -1)
3099 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3100 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3101 continue;
3102 }
3103
3104 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3105 {
3106 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3107 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3108 it is now time to do so. */
3109 if (task == 0)
3110 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3111 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3112 continue;
3113 }
3114
3115 if (overlay_debugging
3116 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3117 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3118 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3119
3120 return 1;
3121 }
3122
3123 return 0;
3124 }
3125 \f
3126
3127 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3128 in breakpoint.h. */
3129
3130 int
3131 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3132 {
3133 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3134 }
3135
3136 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3137 'next' chain. */
3138
3139 static void
3140 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3141 {
3142 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3143 value_free (bs->old_val);
3144 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3145 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3146 xfree (bs);
3147 }
3148
3149 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3150 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3151
3152 void
3153 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3154 {
3155 bpstat p;
3156 bpstat q;
3157
3158 if (bsp == 0)
3159 return;
3160 p = *bsp;
3161 while (p != NULL)
3162 {
3163 q = p->next;
3164 bpstat_free (p);
3165 p = q;
3166 }
3167 *bsp = NULL;
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3171 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3172
3173 bpstat
3174 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3175 {
3176 bpstat p = NULL;
3177 bpstat tmp;
3178 bpstat retval = NULL;
3179
3180 if (bs == NULL)
3181 return bs;
3182
3183 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3184 {
3185 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3186 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3187 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3188 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3189 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3190 {
3191 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3192 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3193 }
3194
3195 if (p == NULL)
3196 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3197 retval = tmp;
3198 else
3199 p->next = tmp;
3200 p = tmp;
3201 }
3202 p->next = NULL;
3203 return retval;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3207
3208 bpstat
3209 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3210 {
3211 if (bsp == NULL)
3212 return NULL;
3213
3214 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3215 {
3216 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3217 return bsp;
3218 }
3219 return NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3223 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3224 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3225 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3226
3227 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3228 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3229 we set it.
3230 Return 1 otherwise. */
3231
3232 int
3233 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3234 {
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236
3237 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3238 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3239
3240 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3241 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3242 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3243 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3244 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3245 if (b == NULL)
3246 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3247
3248 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3249 return 1;
3250 }
3251
3252 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3253
3254 void
3255 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3256 {
3257 struct thread_info *tp;
3258 bpstat bs;
3259
3260 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3261 return;
3262
3263 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3264 if (tp == NULL)
3265 return;
3266
3267 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3268 {
3269 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3270
3271 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3272 {
3273 value_free (bs->old_val);
3274 bs->old_val = NULL;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 }
3278
3279 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3280
3281 static void
3282 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3283 {
3284 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3285 {
3286 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3287
3288 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3289 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3290 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3291 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3292 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3293 return;
3294 }
3295
3296 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3297 }
3298
3299 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3300 command. */
3301 static void
3302 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3303 {
3304 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3305 }
3306
3307 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3308 or its equivalent. */
3309
3310 static int
3311 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3312 {
3313 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3314 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3315 }
3316
3317 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3318 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3319 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3320 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3321
3322 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3323 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3324 bpstat of the current thread. */
3325
3326 static int
3327 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3328 {
3329 bpstat bs;
3330 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3331 int again = 0;
3332
3333 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3334 in bs->commands. */
3335 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3336 return 0;
3337
3338 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3339 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3340
3341 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3342
3343 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3344 bs = *bsp;
3345
3346 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3347 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3348 {
3349 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3350 struct command_line *cmd;
3351 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3352
3353 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3354
3355 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3356 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3357 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3358 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3359 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3360 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3361 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3362 the tree when we're done. */
3363 ccmd = bs->commands;
3364 bs->commands = NULL;
3365 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3366 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3367 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3368 {
3369 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3370 cmd = cmd->next;
3371 }
3372
3373 while (cmd != NULL)
3374 {
3375 execute_control_command (cmd);
3376
3377 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3378 break;
3379 else
3380 cmd = cmd->next;
3381 }
3382
3383 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3384 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3385
3386 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3387 {
3388 if (target_can_async_p ())
3389 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3390 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3391 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3392 ;
3393 else
3394 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3395 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3396 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3397 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3398 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3399 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3400 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3401 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3402 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3403 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3404 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3405 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3406 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3407 again = 1;
3408 break;
3409 }
3410 }
3411 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3412 return again;
3413 }
3414
3415 void
3416 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3417 {
3418 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3419
3420 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3421 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3422 && target_has_execution
3423 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3424 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3425 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3426 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3427 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3428 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3429 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3430 break;
3431
3432 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3433 }
3434
3435 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3436
3437 static void
3438 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3439 {
3440 if (val == NULL)
3441 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3442 else
3443 {
3444 struct value_print_options opts;
3445 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3446 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3447 }
3448 }
3449
3450 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3451 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3452 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3453 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3454 normal_stop(). */
3455
3456 static enum print_stop_action
3457 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3458 {
3459 switch (bs->print_it)
3460 {
3461 case print_it_noop:
3462 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3463 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3464 break;
3465
3466 case print_it_done:
3467 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3468 relevant messages. */
3469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3470 break;
3471
3472 case print_it_normal:
3473 {
3474 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3475
3476 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3477 which has since been deleted. */
3478 if (b == NULL)
3479 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480
3481 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3482 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3483 }
3484 break;
3485
3486 default:
3487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3488 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3489 break;
3490 }
3491 }
3492
3493 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3494 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3495 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3496 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3497 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3498 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3499 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3500 routine is one of:
3501
3502 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3503 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3504 code to print the location. An example is
3505 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3506 the location.
3507 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3508 to also print the location part of the message.
3509 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3510 don't require a location appended to the end.
3511 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3512 further info to be printed. */
3513
3514 enum print_stop_action
3515 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3516 {
3517 int val;
3518
3519 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3520 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3521 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3522 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3523 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3524 {
3525 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3526 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3527 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3528 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3529 return val;
3530 }
3531
3532 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3533 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3534 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3535 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3536 {
3537 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3539 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3541 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3542 }
3543
3544 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3545 with and nothing was printed. */
3546 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3550 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3551 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3552 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3553
3554 static int
3555 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3556 {
3557 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3558 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3559
3560 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3561 return i;
3562 }
3563
3564 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3565
3566 static bpstat
3567 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3568 {
3569 bpstat bs;
3570
3571 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3572 bs->next = NULL;
3573 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3574 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3575 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3576 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3577 incref_bp_location (bl);
3578 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3579 bs->commands = NULL;
3580 bs->old_val = NULL;
3581 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3582 return bs;
3583 }
3584 \f
3585 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3586 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3587
3588 int
3589 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3590 {
3591 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3592 CORE_ADDR addr;
3593 struct breakpoint *b;
3594
3595 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3596 {
3597 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3598 as not triggered. */
3599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3601 {
3602 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3603
3604 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3605 }
3606
3607 return 0;
3608 }
3609
3610 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3611 {
3612 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3613 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3616 {
3617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3618
3619 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3620 }
3621
3622 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3623 }
3624
3625 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3626 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3627 triggered. */
3628
3629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3630 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3631 {
3632 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3633 struct bp_location *loc;
3634
3635 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3636 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3637 {
3638 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3639 {
3640 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3641 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3642
3643 if (newaddr == start)
3644 {
3645 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3646 break;
3647 }
3648 }
3649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3650 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3651 addr, loc->address,
3652 loc->length))
3653 {
3654 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3655 break;
3656 }
3657 }
3658 }
3659
3660 return 1;
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3664 because of check_errors). */
3665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3666 #define WP_DELETED 1
3667 /* The value has changed. */
3668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3669 /* The value has not changed. */
3670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3671 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3672 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3673
3674 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3675 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3676
3677 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3678 changed.
3679
3680 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3681 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3682
3683 static int
3684 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3685 {
3686 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3687 struct watchpoint *b;
3688 struct frame_info *fr;
3689 int within_current_scope;
3690
3691 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3692 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3693 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3694
3695 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3696 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3697 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3698 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3699 return WP_IGNORE;
3700
3701 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3702 within_current_scope = 1;
3703 else
3704 {
3705 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3706 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3707 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3708
3709 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3710 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3711 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3712 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3713 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3714 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3715 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3716 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3717 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3718 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3719 return WP_IGNORE;
3720
3721 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3722 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3723
3724 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3725 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3726 if (within_current_scope)
3727 {
3728 struct symbol *function;
3729
3730 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3731 if (function == NULL
3732 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3733 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3734 within_current_scope = 0;
3735 }
3736
3737 if (within_current_scope)
3738 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3739 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3740 the user. */
3741 select_frame (fr);
3742 }
3743
3744 if (within_current_scope)
3745 {
3746 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3747 time before we return to the command level and call
3748 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3749 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3750
3751 int pc = 0;
3752 struct value *mark;
3753 struct value *new_val;
3754
3755 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3756 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3757 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3758 a mask watchpoint. */
3759 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3760
3761 mark = value_mark ();
3762 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3763
3764 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3765 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3766 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3767 not what we want. */
3768 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3769 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3770 {
3771 if (new_val != NULL)
3772 {
3773 release_value (new_val);
3774 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3775 }
3776 bs->old_val = b->val;
3777 b->val = new_val;
3778 b->val_valid = 1;
3779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3780 }
3781 else
3782 {
3783 /* Nothing changed. */
3784 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3785 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3786 }
3787 }
3788 else
3789 {
3790 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3791
3792 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3793 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3794 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3795 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3796 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3797 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3798 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3799 the first value assigned). */
3800 /* We print all the stop information in
3801 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3802 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3803 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3804 here. */
3805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3806 ui_out_field_string
3807 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3808 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3809 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3810 ui_out_text (uiout,
3811 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3812 which its expression is valid.\n");
3813
3814 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3815 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3816 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3817
3818 return WP_DELETED;
3819 }
3820 }
3821
3822 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3823 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3824 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3825
3826 static int
3827 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3828 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3829 {
3830 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3831
3832 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3833 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3834
3835 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3839 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3840
3841 static void
3842 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3843 {
3844 const struct bp_location *bl;
3845 struct watchpoint *b;
3846
3847 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3848 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3849 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3850 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3851 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3852
3853 {
3854 int must_check_value = 0;
3855
3856 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3857 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3858 watched value. */
3859 must_check_value = 1;
3860 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3861 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3862 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3863 this watchpoint. */
3864 must_check_value = 1;
3865 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3866 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3867 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3868 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3869 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3870 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3871 must_check_value = 1;
3872
3873 if (must_check_value)
3874 {
3875 char *message
3876 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3877 b->base.number);
3878 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3879 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3880 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3881 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3882 switch (e)
3883 {
3884 case WP_DELETED:
3885 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3886 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3887 /* Stop. */
3888 break;
3889 case WP_IGNORE:
3890 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3891 bs->stop = 0;
3892 break;
3893 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3894 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3895 {
3896 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3897
3898 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3899 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3900 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3901 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3902 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3903 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3904 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3905 old value.
3906
3907 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3908 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3909 happen:
3910
3911 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3912 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3913 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3914 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3915
3916 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3917 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3918 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3919 watchpoint.
3920
3921 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3922 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3923 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3924 changes. This still gives false positives when
3925 the program writes the same value to memory as
3926 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3927 it for a read), but it's much better than
3928 nothing. */
3929
3930 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3931
3932 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3933 {
3934 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3935
3936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3937 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3938 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3939 {
3940 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3941 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3942
3943 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3944 == watch_triggered_yes)
3945 {
3946 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3947 break;
3948 }
3949 }
3950 }
3951
3952 if (other_write_watchpoint
3953 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3954 {
3955 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3956 and the value changed since the last time we
3957 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3958 Ignore it. */
3959 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3960 bs->stop = 0;
3961 }
3962 }
3963 break;
3964 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3965 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3966 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3967 {
3968 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3969 the value hasn't changed. */
3970 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3971 bs->stop = 0;
3972 }
3973 /* Stop. */
3974 break;
3975 default:
3976 /* Can't happen. */
3977 case 0:
3978 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3979 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3981 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3982 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3983 break;
3984 }
3985 }
3986 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3987 {
3988 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3989 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3990 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3991 anything for this watchpoint. */
3992 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3993 bs->stop = 0;
3994 }
3995 }
3996 }
3997
3998
3999 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4000 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4001 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4002
4003 static void
4004 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4005 {
4006 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4007 const struct bp_location *bl;
4008 struct breakpoint *b;
4009
4010 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4011 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4012 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4013 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4014 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4015
4016 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4017 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4018 bs->stop = 0;
4019 else if (bs->stop)
4020 {
4021 int value_is_zero = 0;
4022 struct expression *cond;
4023
4024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4025 method implemented. */
4026 if (b->py_bp_object)
4027 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4028
4029 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4030 {
4031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4032
4033 cond = w->cond_exp;
4034 }
4035 else
4036 cond = bl->cond;
4037
4038 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4039 {
4040 int within_current_scope = 1;
4041 struct watchpoint * w;
4042
4043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4047 function call. */
4048 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4049
4050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4051 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4052 else
4053 w = NULL;
4054
4055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4060 call site. */
4061 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4063 else
4064 {
4065 struct frame_info *frame;
4066
4067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4071 really matter which instantiation of the function
4072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4080 intuitive. */
4081 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4082 if (frame != NULL)
4083 select_frame (frame);
4084 else
4085 within_current_scope = 0;
4086 }
4087 if (within_current_scope)
4088 value_is_zero
4089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4091 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4092 else
4093 {
4094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4095 "in the current scope"));
4096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4098 value_is_zero = 0;
4099 }
4100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4101 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4102 }
4103
4104 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4105 {
4106 bs->stop = 0;
4107 }
4108 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4109 {
4110 bs->stop = 0;
4111 }
4112 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4113 {
4114 b->ignore_count--;
4115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4116 bs->stop = 0;
4117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4118 ++(b->hit_count);
4119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4120 }
4121 }
4122 }
4123
4124
4125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4127
4128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4130 that:
4131
4132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4133
4134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4135
4136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4138 several reasons concurrently.)
4139
4140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4142
4143 bpstat
4144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4146 {
4147 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4148 struct bp_location *bl;
4149 struct bp_location *loc;
4150 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4151 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4152 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4153 bpstat bs;
4154 int ix;
4155 int need_remove_insert;
4156 int removed_any;
4157
4158 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4159 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4160 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4161 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4162 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4163 inferior function calls. */
4164
4165 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4166 {
4167 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4168 continue;
4169
4170 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4171 {
4172 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4173 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4174 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4175 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4176 checked all locations already. */
4177 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4178 break;
4179
4180 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4181 continue;
4182
4183 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4184 continue;
4185
4186 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4187 matches. */
4188
4189 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4190 explain stop. */
4191
4192 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4193 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4194 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4195 bs->stop = 1;
4196 bs->print = 1;
4197
4198 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4199 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4200 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4201 iteration. */
4202 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4203 {
4204 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4205
4206 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4207 }
4208 }
4209 }
4210
4211 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4212 {
4213 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4214 {
4215 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4216 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4217 bs->stop = 0;
4218 bs->print = 0;
4219 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4220 }
4221 }
4222
4223 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4224 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4225 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4226
4227 removed_any = 0;
4228
4229 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4230 {
4231 if (!bs->stop)
4232 continue;
4233
4234 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4235 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4236 if (bs->stop)
4237 {
4238 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4239
4240 if (bs->stop)
4241 {
4242 ++(b->hit_count);
4243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4244
4245 /* We will stop here. */
4246 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4247 {
4248 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4249 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4250 removed_any = 1;
4251 }
4252 if (b->silent)
4253 bs->print = 0;
4254 bs->commands = b->commands;
4255 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4256 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4257 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4258 bs->print = 0;
4259 }
4260
4261 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4262 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4263 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4264 }
4265 }
4266
4267 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4268 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4269 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4270 done later. */
4271 need_remove_insert = 0;
4272 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4273 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4274 if (!bs->stop
4275 && bs->breakpoint_at
4276 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4277 {
4278 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4279
4280 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4281 need_remove_insert = 1;
4282 }
4283
4284 if (need_remove_insert)
4285 update_global_location_list (1);
4286 else if (removed_any)
4287 update_global_location_list (0);
4288
4289 return bs_head;
4290 }
4291
4292 static void
4293 handle_jit_event (void)
4294 {
4295 struct frame_info *frame;
4296 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4297
4298 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4299 breakpoint_re_set. */
4300 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4301
4302 frame = get_current_frame ();
4303 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4304
4305 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4306
4307 target_terminal_inferior ();
4308 }
4309
4310 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4311
4312 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4313
4314 struct bpstat_what
4315 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4316 {
4317 struct bpstat_what retval;
4318 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4319 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4320 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4321 int shlib_event = 0;
4322 int jit_event = 0;
4323 bpstat bs;
4324
4325 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4326 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4327 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4328
4329 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4330 {
4331 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4332 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4333 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4334 enum bptype bptype;
4335
4336 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4337 {
4338 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4339 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4340 bptype = bp_none;
4341 }
4342 else
4343 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4344
4345 switch (bptype)
4346 {
4347 case bp_none:
4348 break;
4349 case bp_breakpoint:
4350 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4351 case bp_until:
4352 case bp_finish:
4353 if (bs->stop)
4354 {
4355 if (bs->print)
4356 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4357 else
4358 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4359 }
4360 else
4361 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4362 break;
4363 case bp_watchpoint:
4364 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4365 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4366 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4367 if (bs->stop)
4368 {
4369 if (bs->print)
4370 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4371 else
4372 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4373 }
4374 else
4375 {
4376 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4377 This requires no further action. */
4378 }
4379 break;
4380 case bp_longjmp:
4381 case bp_exception:
4382 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4383 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4384 break;
4385 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4386 case bp_exception_resume:
4387 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4388 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4389 break;
4390 case bp_step_resume:
4391 if (bs->stop)
4392 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4393 else
4394 {
4395 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4396 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4397 }
4398 break;
4399 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4400 if (bs->stop)
4401 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4402 else
4403 {
4404 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4405 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4406 }
4407 break;
4408 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4409 case bp_thread_event:
4410 case bp_overlay_event:
4411 case bp_longjmp_master:
4412 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4413 case bp_exception_master:
4414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4415 break;
4416 case bp_catchpoint:
4417 if (bs->stop)
4418 {
4419 if (bs->print)
4420 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4421 else
4422 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4423 }
4424 else
4425 {
4426 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4427 This requires no further action. */
4428 }
4429 break;
4430 case bp_shlib_event:
4431 shlib_event = 1;
4432
4433 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4434 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4435 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4436 loaded objects (among other things). */
4437 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4439 else
4440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4441 break;
4442 case bp_jit_event:
4443 jit_event = 1;
4444 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4445 break;
4446 case bp_call_dummy:
4447 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4448 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4449 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4451 break;
4452 case bp_std_terminate:
4453 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4454 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4455 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4457 break;
4458 case bp_tracepoint:
4459 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4460 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4461 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4462 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4463 out already. */
4464 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4465 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4466 break;
4467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4468 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4470 break;
4471 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4472 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4473 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4475 break;
4476 default:
4477 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4478 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4479 }
4480
4481 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4482 }
4483
4484 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4485 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4486
4487 if (shlib_event)
4488 {
4489 if (debug_infrun)
4490 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4491
4492 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4493 to be adding them automatically. */
4494
4495 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4496 breakpoint_re_set. */
4497 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4498
4499 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4500 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4501 #else
4502 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4503 #endif
4504
4505 target_terminal_inferior ();
4506 }
4507
4508 if (jit_event)
4509 {
4510 if (debug_infrun)
4511 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4512
4513 handle_jit_event ();
4514 }
4515
4516 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4517 {
4518 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4519
4520 if (b == NULL)
4521 continue;
4522 switch (b->type)
4523 {
4524 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4525 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4526 break;
4527 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4528 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4529 break;
4530 }
4531 }
4532
4533 return retval;
4534 }
4535
4536 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4537 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4538 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4539
4540 int
4541 bpstat_should_step (void)
4542 {
4543 struct breakpoint *b;
4544
4545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4546 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4547 return 1;
4548 return 0;
4549 }
4550
4551 int
4552 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4553 {
4554 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4555 if (bs->stop)
4556 return 1;
4557
4558 return 0;
4559 }
4560
4561 \f
4562
4563 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4564 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4565 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4566
4567 static char *
4568 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4569 {
4570 static char wrap_indent[80];
4571 int i, total_width, width, align;
4572 char *text;
4573
4574 total_width = 0;
4575 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4576 {
4577 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4578 {
4579 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4580 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4581 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4582
4583 return wrap_indent;
4584 }
4585
4586 total_width += width + 1;
4587 }
4588
4589 return NULL;
4590 }
4591
4592 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4593
4594 static void
4595 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4596 struct bp_location *loc)
4597 {
4598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4599 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4600
4601 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4602 loc = NULL;
4603
4604 if (loc != NULL)
4605 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4606
4607 if (b->display_canonical)
4608 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4609 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4610 {
4611 struct symbol *sym
4612 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4613 if (sym)
4614 {
4615 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4617 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4618 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4619 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4620 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4621 }
4622 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4623 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4624
4625 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4626 {
4627 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4628 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4629
4630 if (fullname)
4631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4632 }
4633
4634 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4635 }
4636 else if (loc)
4637 {
4638 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4639 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4640
4641 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4642 demangle, "");
4643 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4644
4645 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4646 }
4647 else
4648 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4649
4650 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4651 }
4652
4653 static const char *
4654 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4655 {
4656 struct ep_type_description
4657 {
4658 enum bptype type;
4659 char *description;
4660 };
4661 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4662 {
4663 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4664 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4665 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4666 {bp_until, "until"},
4667 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4668 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4669 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4670 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4671 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4672 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4673 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4674 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4675 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4676 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4677 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4678 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4679 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4680 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4681 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4682 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4683 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4684 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4685 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4686 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4687 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4688 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4689 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4690 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4691 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4692 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4693 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4694 };
4695
4696 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4697 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4698 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4699 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4700 (int) type);
4701
4702 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4703 }
4704
4705 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4706
4707 static void
4708 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4709 struct bp_location *loc,
4710 int loc_number,
4711 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4712 int allflag)
4713 {
4714 struct command_line *l;
4715 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4716
4717 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4718 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4719 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4720 struct value_print_options opts;
4721
4722 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4723
4724 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4725 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4726 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4727 if (loc == NULL
4728 && (b->loc != NULL
4729 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4730 header_of_multiple = 1;
4731 if (loc == NULL)
4732 loc = b->loc;
4733
4734 annotate_record ();
4735
4736 /* 1 */
4737 annotate_field (0);
4738 if (part_of_multiple)
4739 {
4740 char *formatted;
4741 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4743 xfree (formatted);
4744 }
4745 else
4746 {
4747 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4748 }
4749
4750 /* 2 */
4751 annotate_field (1);
4752 if (part_of_multiple)
4753 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4754 else
4755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4756
4757 /* 3 */
4758 annotate_field (2);
4759 if (part_of_multiple)
4760 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4761 else
4762 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4763
4764
4765 /* 4 */
4766 annotate_field (3);
4767 if (part_of_multiple)
4768 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4769 else
4770 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4771 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4772 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4773
4774
4775 /* 5 and 6 */
4776 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4777 {
4778 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4779 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4780 make sure there's just one location. */
4781 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4782 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4783 }
4784 else
4785 switch (b->type)
4786 {
4787 case bp_none:
4788 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4789 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4790 break;
4791
4792 case bp_watchpoint:
4793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4794 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4795 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4796 {
4797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4798
4799 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4800 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4801 is relatively readable). */
4802 if (opts.addressprint)
4803 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4804 annotate_field (5);
4805 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4806 }
4807 break;
4808
4809 case bp_breakpoint:
4810 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4811 case bp_until:
4812 case bp_finish:
4813 case bp_longjmp:
4814 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4815 case bp_exception:
4816 case bp_exception_resume:
4817 case bp_step_resume:
4818 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4819 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4820 case bp_call_dummy:
4821 case bp_std_terminate:
4822 case bp_shlib_event:
4823 case bp_thread_event:
4824 case bp_overlay_event:
4825 case bp_longjmp_master:
4826 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4827 case bp_exception_master:
4828 case bp_tracepoint:
4829 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4830 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4831 case bp_jit_event:
4832 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4833 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4834 if (opts.addressprint)
4835 {
4836 annotate_field (4);
4837 if (header_of_multiple)
4838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4839 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4841 else
4842 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4843 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4844 }
4845 annotate_field (5);
4846 if (!header_of_multiple)
4847 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4848 if (b->loc)
4849 *last_loc = b->loc;
4850 break;
4851 }
4852
4853
4854 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4855 are several. */
4856 if (loc != NULL
4857 && !header_of_multiple
4858 && (allflag
4859 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4860 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4861 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4862 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4863 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4864 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4865 {
4866 struct inferior *inf;
4867 int first = 1;
4868
4869 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4870 {
4871 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4872 {
4873 if (first)
4874 {
4875 first = 0;
4876 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4877 }
4878 else
4879 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4880 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4881 }
4882 }
4883 }
4884
4885 if (!part_of_multiple)
4886 {
4887 if (b->thread != -1)
4888 {
4889 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4890 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4891 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4892 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4893 }
4894 else if (b->task != 0)
4895 {
4896 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4897 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4898 }
4899 }
4900
4901 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4902
4903 if (!part_of_multiple)
4904 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4905
4906 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4907 {
4908 annotate_field (6);
4909 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4910 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4911 the frame ID. */
4912 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4913 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4914 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4915 }
4916
4917 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4918 {
4919 annotate_field (7);
4920 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4921 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4922 else
4923 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4924 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4925 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4926 }
4927
4928 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4929 {
4930 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4931 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4932 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4933 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4934 }
4935
4936 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4937 {
4938 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4939 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4941 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4942 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4943 else
4944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4945 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4946 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4947 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4948 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4949 else
4950 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4951 }
4952
4953 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4954 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4955 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4956 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4957 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4958
4959 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4960 {
4961 annotate_field (8);
4962 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4963 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4964 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4965 }
4966
4967 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4968 {
4969 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4970
4971 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4972 {
4973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4974 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4975 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4976 }
4977 }
4978
4979 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4980 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4981 {
4982 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4983
4984 annotate_field (9);
4985 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4986 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4987 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4988 }
4989
4990 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4991 {
4992 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4993
4994 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4995 {
4996 annotate_field (10);
4997 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4998 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5000 }
5001 }
5002
5003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5004 {
5005 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5006 {
5007 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5008
5009 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5010 }
5011 else if (b->addr_string)
5012 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5013 }
5014 }
5015
5016 static void
5017 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5018 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5019 int allflag)
5020 {
5021 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5022 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5023
5024 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5025
5026 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5027 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5028
5029 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5030 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5031 locations, if any. */
5032 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5033 {
5034 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5035 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5036 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5037 situation.
5038
5039 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5040 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5041 if (b->loc
5042 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5043 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5044 {
5045 struct bp_location *loc;
5046 int n = 1;
5047
5048 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5049 {
5050 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5051 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5052 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5053 do_cleanups (inner2);
5054 }
5055 }
5056 }
5057 }
5058
5059 static int
5060 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5061 {
5062 int print_address_bits = 0;
5063 struct bp_location *loc;
5064
5065 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5066 {
5067 int addr_bit;
5068
5069 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5070 an address to print. */
5071 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5072 continue;
5073
5074 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5075 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5076 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5077 }
5078
5079 return print_address_bits;
5080 }
5081
5082 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5083 {
5084 int bnum;
5085 };
5086
5087 static int
5088 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5089 {
5090 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5091 struct breakpoint *b;
5092 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5093
5094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5095 {
5096 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5097 {
5098 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5099 return GDB_RC_OK;
5100 }
5101 }
5102 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5103 }
5104
5105 enum gdb_rc
5106 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5107 char **error_message)
5108 {
5109 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5110
5111 args.bnum = bnum;
5112 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5113 an error. */
5114 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5115 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5116 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5117 else
5118 return GDB_RC_OK;
5119 }
5120
5121 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5122 internal or momentary. */
5123
5124 int
5125 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5126 {
5127 return b->number > 0;
5128 }
5129
5130 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5131 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5132 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5133 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5134 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5135 breakpoints listed. */
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5139 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5140 {
5141 struct breakpoint *b;
5142 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5143 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5144 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5145 struct value_print_options opts;
5146 int print_address_bits = 0;
5147 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5148 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5149
5150 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5151
5152 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5153 required for address fields. */
5154 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5156 {
5157 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5158 if (filter && !filter (b))
5159 continue;
5160
5161 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5162 accept. Skip the others. */
5163 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5164 {
5165 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5166 continue;
5167 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5168 continue;
5169 }
5170
5171 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5172 {
5173 int addr_bit, type_len;
5174
5175 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5176 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5177 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5178
5179 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5180 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5181 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5182
5183 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5184 }
5185 }
5186
5187 if (opts.addressprint)
5188 bkpttbl_chain
5189 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5190 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5191 "BreakpointTable");
5192 else
5193 bkpttbl_chain
5194 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5195 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5196 "BreakpointTable");
5197
5198 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5199 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5200 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5201 annotate_field (0);
5202 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5203 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5204 annotate_field (1);
5205 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5206 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5207 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5208 annotate_field (2);
5209 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5210 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5211 annotate_field (3);
5212 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5213 if (opts.addressprint)
5214 {
5215 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5216 annotate_field (4);
5217 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5218 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5219 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5220 else
5221 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5222 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5223 }
5224 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5225 annotate_field (5);
5226 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5227 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5228 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5229 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5230
5231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5232 {
5233 QUIT;
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240
5241 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5242 {
5243 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5244 {
5245 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5246 continue;
5247 }
5248 else /* all others */
5249 {
5250 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5251 continue;
5252 }
5253 }
5254 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5255 allflag is set. */
5256 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5257 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5258 }
5259
5260 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5261
5262 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5263 {
5264 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5265 empty list. */
5266 if (!filter)
5267 {
5268 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5269 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5270 else
5271 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5272 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5273 args);
5274 }
5275 }
5276 else
5277 {
5278 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5279 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5280 }
5281
5282 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5283 there have been breakpoints? */
5284 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5285
5286 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5287 }
5288
5289 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5290 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5291
5292 static void
5293 default_collect_info (void)
5294 {
5295 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5296
5297 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5298 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5299 not wanted. */
5300 if (!*default_collect)
5301 return;
5302
5303 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5304 actions. */
5305 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5307 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5308 }
5309
5310 static void
5311 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5312 {
5313 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5314
5315 default_collect_info ();
5316 }
5317
5318 static void
5319 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5320 {
5321 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5322 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5323
5324 if (num_printed == 0)
5325 {
5326 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5327 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5328 else
5329 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5330 }
5331 }
5332
5333 static void
5334 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5335 {
5336 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5337
5338 default_collect_info ();
5339 }
5340
5341 static int
5342 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5343 struct program_space *pspace,
5344 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5345 {
5346 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5347
5348 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5349 {
5350 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5351 && bl->address == pc
5352 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5353 return 1;
5354 }
5355 return 0;
5356 }
5357
5358 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5359 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5360 address spaces. */
5361
5362 static void
5363 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5364 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5365 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5366 {
5367 int others = 0;
5368 struct breakpoint *b;
5369
5370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5371 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5372 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5373 if (others > 0)
5374 {
5375 if (others == 1)
5376 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5377 else /* if (others == ???) */
5378 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5380 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5381 {
5382 others--;
5383 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5384 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5385 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5386 else if (b->thread != -1)
5387 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5388 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5389 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5390 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5391 ? " (disabled)"
5392 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5393 ? " (permanent)"
5394 : ""),
5395 (others > 1) ? ","
5396 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5397 }
5398 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5399 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5400 printf_filtered (".\n");
5401 }
5402 }
5403 \f
5404
5405 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5406 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5407 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5408 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5409
5410 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5411 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5412 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5413 breakpoint at address zero:
5414
5415 bp_watchpoint
5416 bp_catchpoint
5417
5418 */
5419
5420 static int
5421 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5422 {
5423 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5424
5425 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5426 }
5427
5428 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5429 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5430
5431 static int
5432 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5433 struct bp_location *loc2)
5434 {
5435 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5436 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5437
5438 /* Both of them must exist. */
5439 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5440 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5441
5442 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5443 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5444 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5445 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5446 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5447 other watchpoint. */
5448 if ((w1->cond_exp
5449 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5450 loc1->length,
5451 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5452 w1->cond_exp))
5453 || (w2->cond_exp
5454 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5455 loc2->length,
5456 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5457 w2->cond_exp)))
5458 return 0;
5459
5460 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5461 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5462 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5463 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5464 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5465 become hw_access locations later. */
5466 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5467 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5468 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5469 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5470 }
5471
5472 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5473 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5474 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5475 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5476
5477 static int
5478 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5479 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5480 {
5481 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5482 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5483 && addr1 == addr2);
5484 }
5485
5486 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5487 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5488 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5489 space doesn't really matter. */
5490
5491 static int
5492 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5493 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5494 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5495 {
5496 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5497 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5498 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5499 }
5500
5501 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5502 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5503 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5504 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5505
5506 static int
5507 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5508 struct address_space *aspace,
5509 CORE_ADDR addr)
5510 {
5511 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5512 aspace, addr)
5513 || (bl->length
5514 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5515 bl->address, bl->length,
5516 aspace, addr)));
5517 }
5518
5519 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5520 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5521 true, otherwise returns false. */
5522
5523 static int
5524 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5525 struct bp_location *loc2)
5526 {
5527 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5528 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5529 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5530 different locations. */
5531 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5532 else
5533 return 0;
5534 }
5535
5536 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5537 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5538 represent the same location. */
5539
5540 static int
5541 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5542 struct bp_location *loc2)
5543 {
5544 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5545
5546 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5547 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5548 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5549
5550 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5551 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5552
5553 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5554 return 0;
5555 else if (hw_point1)
5556 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5557 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5558 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5559 else
5560 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5561 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5562 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5563 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5564 }
5565
5566 static void
5567 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5568 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5569 {
5570 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5571 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5572 char astr1[64];
5573 char astr2[64];
5574
5575 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5576 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5577 if (have_bnum)
5578 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5579 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5580 else
5581 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5582 }
5583
5584 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5585 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5586 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5587 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5588
5589 static CORE_ADDR
5590 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5591 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5592 {
5593 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5594 {
5595 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5596 return bpaddr;
5597 }
5598 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5599 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5600 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5601 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5602 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5603 {
5604 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5605 have their addresses modified. */
5606 return bpaddr;
5607 }
5608 else
5609 {
5610 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5611
5612 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5613 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5614 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5615
5616 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5617 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5618 is required. */
5619 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5620 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5621
5622 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5623 }
5624 }
5625
5626 void
5627 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5628 struct breakpoint *owner)
5629 {
5630 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5631
5632 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5633
5634 loc->ops = ops;
5635 loc->owner = owner;
5636 loc->cond = NULL;
5637 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5638 loc->enabled = 1;
5639
5640 switch (owner->type)
5641 {
5642 case bp_breakpoint:
5643 case bp_until:
5644 case bp_finish:
5645 case bp_longjmp:
5646 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5647 case bp_exception:
5648 case bp_exception_resume:
5649 case bp_step_resume:
5650 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5651 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5652 case bp_call_dummy:
5653 case bp_std_terminate:
5654 case bp_shlib_event:
5655 case bp_thread_event:
5656 case bp_overlay_event:
5657 case bp_jit_event:
5658 case bp_longjmp_master:
5659 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5660 case bp_exception_master:
5661 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5662 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5663 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5664 break;
5665 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5666 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5667 break;
5668 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5669 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5670 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5671 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5672 break;
5673 case bp_watchpoint:
5674 case bp_catchpoint:
5675 case bp_tracepoint:
5676 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5677 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5678 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5679 break;
5680 default:
5681 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5682 }
5683
5684 loc->refc = 1;
5685 }
5686
5687 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5688
5689 static struct bp_location *
5690 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5691 {
5692 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5693 }
5694
5695 static void
5696 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5697 {
5698 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5699 xfree (loc);
5700 }
5701
5702 /* Increment reference count. */
5703
5704 static void
5705 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5706 {
5707 ++bl->refc;
5708 }
5709
5710 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5711 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5712
5713 static void
5714 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5715 {
5716 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5717
5718 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5719 free_bp_location (*blp);
5720 *blp = NULL;
5721 }
5722
5723 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5724
5725 static void
5726 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5727 {
5728 struct breakpoint *b1;
5729
5730 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5731 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5732
5733 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5734 if (b1 == 0)
5735 breakpoint_chain = b;
5736 else
5737 {
5738 while (b1->next)
5739 b1 = b1->next;
5740 b1->next = b;
5741 }
5742 }
5743
5744 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5745
5746 static void
5747 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5748 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5749 enum bptype bptype,
5750 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5751 {
5752 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5753
5754 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5755
5756 b->ops = ops;
5757 b->type = bptype;
5758 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5759 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5760 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5761 b->thread = -1;
5762 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5763 b->next = 0;
5764 b->silent = 0;
5765 b->ignore_count = 0;
5766 b->commands = NULL;
5767 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5768 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5769 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5770 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5771 }
5772
5773 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5774 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5775
5776 static struct breakpoint *
5777 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5778 enum bptype bptype,
5779 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5780 {
5781 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5782
5783 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5784 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5785 return b;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5789 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5790 enough. */
5791
5792 static void
5793 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5794 {
5795 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5796
5797 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5798 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5799 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5800 {
5801 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5802
5803 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5804 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5805
5806 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5807 {
5808 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5809
5810 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5811 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5812 &loc->requested_address))
5813 {
5814 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5815 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5816 loc->requested_address,
5817 b->type);
5818 }
5819 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5820 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5821 {
5822 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5823 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5824 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5825 }
5826 }
5827
5828 if (loc->function_name)
5829 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5830 }
5831 }
5832
5833 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5834 struct gdbarch *
5835 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5836 {
5837 if (sal.section)
5838 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5839 if (sal.symtab)
5840 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5841
5842 return NULL;
5843 }
5844
5845 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5846 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5847 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5848
5849 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5850 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5851 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5852
5853 static void
5854 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5855 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5856 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5857 {
5858 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5859
5860 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5861
5862 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5863 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5864
5865 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5866 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5867 program space. */
5868 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5869 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5870
5871 breakpoints_changed ();
5872 }
5873
5874 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5875 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5876 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5877 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5878 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5879 is also returned as the value of this function.
5880
5881 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5882 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5883 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5884 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5885 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5886 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5887 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5888
5889 struct breakpoint *
5890 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5891 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5892 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5893 {
5894 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5895
5896 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5897 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5898 return b;
5899 }
5900
5901
5902 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5903 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5904 void
5905 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5906 {
5907 struct bp_location *bl;
5908
5909 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5910
5911 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5912 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5913 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5914 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5915 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5916 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5917 bl->inserted = 1;
5918 }
5919
5920 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5921 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5922 initiated the operation. */
5923
5924 void
5925 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5926 {
5927 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5928 int thread = tp->num;
5929
5930 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5931 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5932 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5933 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5934 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5935 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5936 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5937 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5938 {
5939 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5940 struct breakpoint *clone;
5941
5942 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5943 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5944 clone->thread = thread;
5945 }
5946
5947 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5948 }
5949
5950 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5951 void
5952 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5953 {
5954 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5955
5956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5957 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5958 {
5959 if (b->thread == thread)
5960 delete_breakpoint (b);
5961 }
5962 }
5963
5964 void
5965 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5966 {
5967 struct breakpoint *b;
5968
5969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5970 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5971 {
5972 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5973 update_global_location_list (1);
5974 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5975 }
5976 }
5977
5978 void
5979 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5980 {
5981 struct breakpoint *b;
5982
5983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5984 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5985 {
5986 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5987 update_global_location_list (0);
5988 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5989 }
5990 }
5991
5992 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5993 master breakpoint. */
5994 void
5995 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5996 {
5997 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5998
5999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6000 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6001 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6002 {
6003 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6004 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6005 }
6006 }
6007
6008 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6009 void
6010 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6011 {
6012 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6013
6014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6015 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6016 delete_breakpoint (b);
6017 }
6018
6019 struct breakpoint *
6020 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6021 {
6022 struct breakpoint *b;
6023
6024 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6025 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6026
6027 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6028 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6029 b->addr_string
6030 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6031
6032 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6033
6034 return b;
6035 }
6036
6037 void
6038 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6039 {
6040 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6041
6042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6043 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6044 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6045 delete_breakpoint (b);
6046 }
6047
6048 struct lang_and_radix
6049 {
6050 enum language lang;
6051 int radix;
6052 };
6053
6054 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6055
6056 struct breakpoint *
6057 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6058 {
6059 struct breakpoint *b;
6060
6061 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6062 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6063 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6064 return b;
6065 }
6066
6067 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6068
6069 void
6070 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6071 {
6072 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6073
6074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6075 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6076 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6077 delete_breakpoint (b);
6078 }
6079
6080 void
6081 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6082 {
6083 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6084
6085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6086 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6087 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6088 delete_breakpoint (b);
6089 }
6090
6091 struct breakpoint *
6092 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6093 {
6094 struct breakpoint *b;
6095
6096 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6097 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6098 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6099 return b;
6100 }
6101
6102 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6103 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6104
6105 void
6106 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6107 {
6108 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6109
6110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6111 {
6112 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6113 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6114
6115 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6116 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6117 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6118 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6119 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6120 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6121 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6122 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6123 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6124 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6125 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6126 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6127 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6128 #else
6129 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6130 #endif
6131 )
6132 {
6133 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6134 }
6135 }
6136 }
6137
6138 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6139 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6140 disabled. */
6141
6142 static void
6143 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6144 {
6145 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6146 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6147
6148 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6149 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6150 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6151 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6152 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6153 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6154 return;
6155
6156 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6157 {
6158 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6159 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6160
6161 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6162 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6163 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6164 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6165 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6166 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6167 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6168 || is_tracepoint (b))
6169 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6170 {
6171 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6172 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6173 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6174 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6175 loc->inserted = 0;
6176
6177 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6178 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6179
6180 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6181 {
6182 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6183 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6184 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6185 solib->so_name);
6186 }
6187 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6188 }
6189 }
6190 }
6191
6192 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6193
6194 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6195 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6196 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6197 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6198 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6199
6200 struct fork_catchpoint
6201 {
6202 /* The base class. */
6203 struct breakpoint base;
6204
6205 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6206 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6207 catchpoint has triggered. */
6208 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6209 };
6210
6211 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6212 catchpoints. */
6213
6214 static int
6215 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6216 {
6217 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6218 }
6219
6220 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6221 catchpoints. */
6222
6223 static int
6224 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6225 {
6226 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6227 }
6228
6229 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6230 catchpoints. */
6231
6232 static int
6233 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6234 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6235 {
6236 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6237
6238 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6239 }
6240
6241 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6242 catchpoints. */
6243
6244 static enum print_stop_action
6245 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6246 {
6247 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6248 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6249 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6250
6251 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6252 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6253 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6254 else
6255 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6257 {
6258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6260 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6261 }
6262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6263 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6264 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6265 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6266 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6267 }
6268
6269 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6270 catchpoints. */
6271
6272 static void
6273 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6274 {
6275 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6276 struct value_print_options opts;
6277 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6278
6279 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6280
6281 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6282 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6283 readable). */
6284 if (opts.addressprint)
6285 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6286 annotate_field (5);
6287 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6288 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6289 {
6290 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6291 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6292 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6293 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6294 }
6295 }
6296
6297 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6298 catchpoints. */
6299
6300 static void
6301 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6302 {
6303 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6304 }
6305
6306 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6307 catchpoints. */
6308
6309 static void
6310 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6311 {
6312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6313 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6314 }
6315
6316 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6317
6318 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6319
6320 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6321 catchpoints. */
6322
6323 static int
6324 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6325 {
6326 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6327 }
6328
6329 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6330 catchpoints. */
6331
6332 static int
6333 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6334 {
6335 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6336 }
6337
6338 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6339 catchpoints. */
6340
6341 static int
6342 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6343 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6344 {
6345 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6346
6347 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6348 }
6349
6350 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6351 catchpoints. */
6352
6353 static enum print_stop_action
6354 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6355 {
6356 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6357 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6358 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6359
6360 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6361 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6363 else
6364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6366 {
6367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6370 }
6371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6372 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6373 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6374 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6375 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6376 }
6377
6378 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6379 catchpoints. */
6380
6381 static void
6382 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6383 {
6384 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6385 struct value_print_options opts;
6386 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6387
6388 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6389 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6390 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6391 readable). */
6392 if (opts.addressprint)
6393 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6394 annotate_field (5);
6395 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6396 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6397 {
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6399 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6400 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6401 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6402 }
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6406 catchpoints. */
6407
6408 static void
6409 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6410 {
6411 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6412 }
6413
6414 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6415 catchpoints. */
6416
6417 static void
6418 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6419 {
6420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6421 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6422 }
6423
6424 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6425
6426 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6427
6428 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6429 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6430 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6431 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6432 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6433
6434 struct syscall_catchpoint
6435 {
6436 /* The base class. */
6437 struct breakpoint base;
6438
6439 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6440 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6441 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6442 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6443 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6444 };
6445
6446 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6447 catchpoints. */
6448
6449 static void
6450 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6451 {
6452 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6453
6454 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6455
6456 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6457 }
6458
6459 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6460 catchpoints. */
6461
6462 static int
6463 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6464 {
6465 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6466 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6467
6468 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6469 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6470 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6471 else
6472 {
6473 int i, iter;
6474
6475 for (i = 0;
6476 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6477 i++)
6478 {
6479 int elem;
6480
6481 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6482 {
6483 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6484 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6485 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6486 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6487 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6488 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6489 vec_addr_offset;
6490 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6491 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6492 }
6493 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6494 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6495 }
6496 }
6497
6498 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6499 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6500 inf->any_syscall_count,
6501 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6502 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6503 }
6504
6505 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6506 catchpoints. */
6507
6508 static int
6509 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6510 {
6511 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6512 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6513
6514 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6515 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6516 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6517 else
6518 {
6519 int i, iter;
6520
6521 for (i = 0;
6522 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6523 i++)
6524 {
6525 int elem;
6526 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6527 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6528 continue;
6529 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6530 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6531 }
6532 }
6533
6534 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6535 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6536 inf->any_syscall_count,
6537 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6538 VEC_address (int,
6539 inf->syscalls_counts));
6540 }
6541
6542 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6543 catchpoints. */
6544
6545 static int
6546 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6547 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6548 {
6549 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6550 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6551 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6552 int syscall_number = 0;
6553 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6554 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6555
6556 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6557 return 0;
6558
6559 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6560 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6561 {
6562 int i, iter;
6563
6564 for (i = 0;
6565 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6566 i++)
6567 if (syscall_number == iter)
6568 break;
6569 /* Not the same. */
6570 if (!iter)
6571 return 0;
6572 }
6573
6574 return 1;
6575 }
6576
6577 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6578 catchpoints. */
6579
6580 static enum print_stop_action
6581 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6582 {
6583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6584 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6585 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6586 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6587 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6588 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6589 ptid_t ptid;
6590 struct target_waitstatus last;
6591 struct syscall s;
6592 char *syscall_id;
6593
6594 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6595
6596 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6597
6598 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6599
6600 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6601 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6602 else
6603 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6604 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6605 {
6606 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6607 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6608 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6609 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6611 }
6612 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6613
6614 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6615 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6616 else
6617 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6618
6619 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6620 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6621 if (s.name != NULL)
6622 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6623
6624 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6625
6626 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6627 }
6628
6629 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6630 catchpoints. */
6631
6632 static void
6633 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6634 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6635 {
6636 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6637 struct value_print_options opts;
6638 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6639
6640 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6641 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6642 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6643 readable). */
6644 if (opts.addressprint)
6645 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6646 annotate_field (5);
6647
6648 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6649 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6650 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6651 else
6652 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6653
6654 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6655 {
6656 int i, iter;
6657 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6658
6659 for (i = 0;
6660 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6661 i++)
6662 {
6663 char *x = text;
6664 struct syscall s;
6665 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6666
6667 if (s.name != NULL)
6668 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6669 else
6670 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6671
6672 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6673 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6674 on every call. */
6675 xfree (x);
6676 }
6677 /* Remove the last comma. */
6678 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6679 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6680 }
6681 else
6682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6684 }
6685
6686 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6687 catchpoints. */
6688
6689 static void
6690 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6691 {
6692 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6693
6694 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6695 {
6696 int i, iter;
6697
6698 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6699 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6700 else
6701 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6702
6703 for (i = 0;
6704 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6705 i++)
6706 {
6707 struct syscall s;
6708 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6709
6710 if (s.name)
6711 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6712 else
6713 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6714 }
6715 printf_filtered (")");
6716 }
6717 else
6718 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6719 b->number);
6720 }
6721
6722 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6723 catchpoints. */
6724
6725 static void
6726 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6727 {
6728 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6729
6730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6731
6732 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6733 {
6734 int i, iter;
6735
6736 for (i = 0;
6737 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6738 i++)
6739 {
6740 struct syscall s;
6741
6742 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6743 if (s.name)
6744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6745 else
6746 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6747 }
6748 }
6749 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6750 }
6751
6752 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6753
6754 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6755
6756 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6757
6758 static int
6759 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6760 {
6761 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6762 }
6763
6764 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6765 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6766 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6767 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6768
6769 static void
6770 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6771 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6772 char *cond_string,
6773 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6774 {
6775 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6776
6777 init_sal (&sal);
6778 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6779
6780 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6781
6782 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6783 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6784 }
6785
6786 void
6787 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6788 {
6789 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6790 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6791 if (!internal)
6792 mention (b);
6793 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6794
6795 if (update_gll)
6796 update_global_location_list (1);
6797 }
6798
6799 static void
6800 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6801 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6802 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6803 {
6804 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6805
6806 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6807
6808 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6809
6810 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6811 }
6812
6813 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6814
6815 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6816 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6817 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6818 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6819 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6820
6821 struct exec_catchpoint
6822 {
6823 /* The base class. */
6824 struct breakpoint base;
6825
6826 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6827 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6828 triggered. */
6829 char *exec_pathname;
6830 };
6831
6832 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6833 catchpoints. */
6834
6835 static void
6836 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6837 {
6838 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6839
6840 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6841
6842 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6843 }
6844
6845 static int
6846 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6847 {
6848 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6849 }
6850
6851 static int
6852 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6853 {
6854 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6855 }
6856
6857 static int
6858 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6859 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6860 {
6861 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6862
6863 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6864 }
6865
6866 static enum print_stop_action
6867 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6868 {
6869 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6870 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6871 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6872
6873 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6874 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6875 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6876 else
6877 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6878 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6879 {
6880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6881 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6882 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6883 }
6884 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6885 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6886 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6887 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6888
6889 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6890 }
6891
6892 static void
6893 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6894 {
6895 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6896 struct value_print_options opts;
6897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6898
6899 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6900
6901 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6902 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6903 is relatively readable). */
6904 if (opts.addressprint)
6905 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6906 annotate_field (5);
6907 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6908 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6909 {
6910 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6911 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6912 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6913 }
6914 }
6915
6916 static void
6917 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6918 {
6919 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6923 catchpoints. */
6924
6925 static void
6926 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6927 {
6928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6929 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6930 }
6931
6932 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6933
6934 static void
6935 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6936 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6937 {
6938 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6939 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6940
6941 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6942 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6943 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6944
6945 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6946 }
6947
6948 static int
6949 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6950 {
6951 int i = 0;
6952 struct breakpoint *b;
6953 struct bp_location *bl;
6954
6955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6956 {
6957 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6958 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6959 {
6960 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6961 one register. */
6962 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6963 }
6964 }
6965
6966 return i;
6967 }
6968
6969 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6970 watchpoint. */
6971
6972 static int
6973 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6974 {
6975 int i = 0;
6976 struct bp_location *bl;
6977
6978 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6979 return 0;
6980
6981 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6982 {
6983 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6984 one register. */
6985 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6986 }
6987
6988 return i;
6989 }
6990
6991 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6992 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6993 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6994 types _not_ TYPE. */
6995
6996 static int
6997 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6998 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6999 {
7000 int i = 0;
7001 struct breakpoint *b;
7002
7003 *other_type_used = 0;
7004 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7005 {
7006 if (b == except)
7007 continue;
7008 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7009 continue;
7010
7011 if (b->type == type)
7012 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7013 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7014 *other_type_used = 1;
7015 }
7016
7017 return i;
7018 }
7019
7020 void
7021 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7022 {
7023 struct breakpoint *b;
7024
7025 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7026 {
7027 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7028 {
7029 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7030 update_global_location_list (0);
7031 }
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 void
7036 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7037 {
7038 struct breakpoint *b;
7039
7040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7041 {
7042 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7043 {
7044 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7045 update_global_location_list (1);
7046 }
7047 }
7048 }
7049
7050 void
7051 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7052 {
7053 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7054 update_global_location_list (0);
7055 }
7056
7057 void
7058 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7059 {
7060 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7061 breakpoint_re_set ();
7062 }
7063
7064
7065 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7066 at address specified by SAL.
7067 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7068
7069 struct breakpoint *
7070 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7071 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7072 {
7073 struct breakpoint *b;
7074
7075 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7076 one. */
7077 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7078
7079 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7080 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7081 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7082 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7083
7084 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7085 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7086 control. */
7087 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7088 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7089
7090 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7091
7092 return b;
7093 }
7094
7095 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7096 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7097 breakpoint_ops. */
7098
7099 static struct breakpoint *
7100 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7101 enum bptype type,
7102 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7103 {
7104 struct breakpoint *copy;
7105
7106 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7107 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7108 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7109
7110 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7111 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7112 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7113 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7114 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7115
7116 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7117 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7118
7119 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7120 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7121 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7122 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7123
7124 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7125 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7126 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7127
7128 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7129 return copy;
7130 }
7131
7132 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7133 ORIG is NULL. */
7134
7135 struct breakpoint *
7136 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7137 {
7138 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7139 if (orig == NULL)
7140 return NULL;
7141
7142 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7143 }
7144
7145 struct breakpoint *
7146 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7147 enum bptype type)
7148 {
7149 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7150
7151 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7152 sal.pc = pc;
7153 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7154 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7155
7156 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7157 }
7158 \f
7159
7160 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7161
7162 static void
7163 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7164 {
7165 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7166 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7167 return;
7168 printf_filtered ("\n");
7169 }
7170 \f
7171
7172 static struct bp_location *
7173 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7174 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7175 {
7176 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7177 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7178 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7179
7180 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7181 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7182
7183 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7184 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7185 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7186 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7187 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7188 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7189 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7190 sal->pc, b->type);
7191
7192 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7193 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7194 ;
7195 *tmp = loc;
7196
7197 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7198 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7199 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7200 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7201 loc->section = sal->section;
7202 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7203
7204 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7205 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7206 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7207
7208 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7209 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7210 return loc;
7211 }
7212 \f
7213
7214 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7215 return 0 otherwise. */
7216
7217 static int
7218 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7219 {
7220 int len;
7221 CORE_ADDR addr;
7222 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7223 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7224 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7225 int retval = 0;
7226
7227 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7228
7229 addr = loc->address;
7230 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7231
7232 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7233 if (bpoint == NULL)
7234 return 0;
7235
7236 target_mem = alloca (len);
7237
7238 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7239 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7240 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7241 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7242
7243 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7244 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7245
7246 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7247 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7248 retval = 1;
7249
7250 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7251
7252 return retval;
7253 }
7254
7255
7256
7257 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7258 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7259 as condition expression. */
7260
7261 static void
7262 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7263 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7264 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7265 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7266 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7267 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7268 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7269 {
7270 int i;
7271
7272 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7273 {
7274 int target_resources_ok;
7275
7276 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7277 target_resources_ok =
7278 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7279 i + 1, 0);
7280 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7281 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7282 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7283 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7284 }
7285
7286 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7287
7288 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7289 {
7290 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7291 struct bp_location *loc;
7292
7293 if (from_tty)
7294 {
7295 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7296 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7297 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7298
7299 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7300 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7301 }
7302
7303 if (i == 0)
7304 {
7305 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7306 b->thread = thread;
7307 b->task = task;
7308
7309 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7310 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7311 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7312 b->disposition = disposition;
7313
7314 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7315 {
7316 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7317 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7318
7319 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7320 {
7321 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7322 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7323 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7324 char *endp;
7325 char *marker_str;
7326
7327 p = skip_spaces (p);
7328
7329 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7330
7331 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7332 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7333
7334 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7335 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7336 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7337 }
7338 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7339 {
7340 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7341 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7342
7343 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7344 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7345 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7346 }
7347 else
7348 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7349 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7350 }
7351
7352 loc = b->loc;
7353 }
7354 else
7355 {
7356 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7357 }
7358
7359 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7360 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7361
7362 if (b->cond_string)
7363 {
7364 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7365 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7366 if (*arg)
7367 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7368 }
7369 }
7370
7371 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7372 if (addr_string)
7373 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7374 else
7375 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7376 me. */
7377 b->addr_string
7378 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7379 b->filter = filter;
7380 }
7381
7382 static void
7383 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7384 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7385 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7386 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7387 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7388 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7389 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7390 {
7391 struct breakpoint *b;
7392 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7393
7394 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7395 {
7396 struct tracepoint *t;
7397
7398 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7399 b = &t->base;
7400 }
7401 else
7402 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7403
7404 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7405
7406 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7407 sals, addr_string,
7408 filter, cond_string,
7409 type, disposition,
7410 thread, task, ignore_count,
7411 ops, from_tty,
7412 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7413 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7414
7415 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7416 }
7417
7418 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7419 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7420 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7421 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7422 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7423 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7424 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7425 we take just a single condition string.
7426
7427 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7428 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7429 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7430 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7431 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7432
7433 static void
7434 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7435 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7436 char *cond_string,
7437 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7438 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7439 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7440 int enabled, int internal)
7441 {
7442 int i;
7443 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7444
7445 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7446 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7447
7448 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7449 {
7450 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7451 'break', without arguments. */
7452 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7453 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7454 : NULL);
7455 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7456 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7457
7458 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7459 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7460 addr_string,
7461 filter_string,
7462 cond_string, type, disposition,
7463 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7464 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7465 canonical->special_display);
7466 discard_cleanups (inner);
7467 }
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7471 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7472 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7473 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7474
7475 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7476 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7477
7478 static void
7479 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7480 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7481 {
7482 char *addr_start = *address;
7483
7484 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7485 breakpoint. */
7486 if ((*address) == NULL
7487 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7488 {
7489 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7490 address. */
7491 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7492 {
7493 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7494 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7495
7496 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7497 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7498 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7499
7500 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7501 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7502 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7503 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7504
7505 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7506 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7507 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7508 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7509 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7510 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7511
7512 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7513 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7514 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7515
7516 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7517 }
7518 else
7519 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7520 }
7521 else
7522 {
7523 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7524 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7525 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7526 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7527 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7528 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7529 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7530 get_last_displayed_line (),
7531 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7532 else
7533 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7534 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7535 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7536 }
7537 }
7538
7539
7540 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7541 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7542
7543 static void
7544 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7545 {
7546 int i;
7547
7548 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7549 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7550 }
7551
7552 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7553 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7554 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7555 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7556 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7557 it, etc. */
7558
7559 static void
7560 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7561 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7562 {
7563 int i, rslt;
7564 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7565 char *msg;
7566 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7567
7568 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7569 {
7570 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7571
7572 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7573
7574 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7575 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7576 associated with SAL. */
7577 if (sarch == NULL)
7578 sarch = gdbarch;
7579 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7580 NULL, &msg);
7581 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7582
7583 if (!rslt)
7584 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7585 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7586
7587 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7588 }
7589 }
7590
7591 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7592 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7593 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7594 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7595 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7596 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7597 static void
7598 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7599 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7600 {
7601 *cond_string = NULL;
7602 *thread = -1;
7603 while (tok && *tok)
7604 {
7605 char *end_tok;
7606 int toklen;
7607 char *cond_start = NULL;
7608 char *cond_end = NULL;
7609
7610 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7611
7612 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7613
7614 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7615
7616 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7617 {
7618 struct expression *expr;
7619
7620 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7621 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7622 xfree (expr);
7623 cond_end = tok;
7624 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7625 cond_end - cond_start);
7626 }
7627 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7628 {
7629 char *tmptok;
7630
7631 tok = end_tok + 1;
7632 tmptok = tok;
7633 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7634 if (tok == tmptok)
7635 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7636 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7637 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7638 }
7639 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7640 {
7641 char *tmptok;
7642
7643 tok = end_tok + 1;
7644 tmptok = tok;
7645 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7646 if (tok == tmptok)
7647 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7648 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7649 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7650 }
7651 else
7652 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7653 }
7654 }
7655
7656 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7657
7658 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7659 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7660 {
7661 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7662 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7663 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7664 struct symbol *sym;
7665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7666 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7667 char *endp;
7668 char *marker_str;
7669 int i;
7670
7671 p = skip_spaces (p);
7672
7673 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7674
7675 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7676 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7677
7678 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7679 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7680 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7681
7682 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7683 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7684
7685 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7686 {
7687 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7688
7689 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7690
7691 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7692
7693 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7694 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7695
7696 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7697 }
7698
7699 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7700
7701 *arg_p = endp;
7702 return sals;
7703 }
7704
7705 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7706 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7707 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7708 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7709 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7710 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7711 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7712 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7713 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7714 false otherwise. */
7715
7716 int
7717 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7718 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7719 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7720 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7721 int ignore_count,
7722 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7723 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7724 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7725 {
7726 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7727 char *copy_arg = NULL;
7728 char *addr_start = arg;
7729 struct linespec_result canonical;
7730 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7731 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7732 int i;
7733 int pending = 0;
7734 int task = 0;
7735 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7736
7737 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7738
7739 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7740
7741 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7742 {
7743 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
7744 addr_start, &copy_arg);
7745 }
7746
7747 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7748 switch (e.reason)
7749 {
7750 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
7751 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7752 return 0;
7753 break;
7754 case RETURN_ERROR:
7755 switch (e.error)
7756 {
7757 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7758
7759 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7760 error. */
7761
7762 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7763 throw_exception (e);
7764
7765 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7766
7767 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7768 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7769 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7770 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7771 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7772 return 0;
7773
7774 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7775 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7776 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7777 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7778 {
7779 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7780
7781 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7782 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7783 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7784 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7785 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7786 pending = 1;
7787 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7788 }
7789 break;
7790 default:
7791 throw_exception (e);
7792 }
7793 break;
7794 default:
7795 throw_exception (e);
7796 }
7797
7798 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7799 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7800
7801 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7802 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7803 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7804 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7805 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7806
7807 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7808 are ok for the target. */
7809 if (!pending)
7810 {
7811 int ix;
7812 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7813
7814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7815 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7816 }
7817
7818 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7819 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7820 {
7821 int ix;
7822 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7823
7824 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7825 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7826 }
7827
7828 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7829 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7830 breakpoint. */
7831 if (!pending)
7832 {
7833 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7834
7835 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7836
7837 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7838 {
7839 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7840 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7841 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7842 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7843 cond_string = NULL;
7844 thread = -1;
7845 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7846 &thread, &task);
7847 if (cond_string)
7848 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7849 }
7850 else
7851 {
7852 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7853 if (cond_string)
7854 {
7855 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7856 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7857 }
7858 }
7859
7860 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
7861 cond_string, type_wanted,
7862 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7863 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7864 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7865 }
7866 else
7867 {
7868 struct breakpoint *b;
7869
7870 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7871
7872 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7873 {
7874 struct tracepoint *t;
7875
7876 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7877 b = &t->base;
7878 }
7879 else
7880 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7881
7882 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7883
7884 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7885 b->cond_string = NULL;
7886 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7887 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7888 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7889 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7890 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
7891 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
7892 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7893
7894 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7895 }
7896
7897 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7898 {
7899 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7900 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7901 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7902 }
7903
7904 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7905 breakpoint. */
7906 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7907 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7908 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7909
7910 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7911 update_global_location_list (1);
7912
7913 return 1;
7914 }
7915
7916 /* Set a breakpoint.
7917 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7918 condition, and thread.
7919 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7920 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7921 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7922
7923 static void
7924 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7925 {
7926 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7927 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7928 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7929 : bp_breakpoint);
7930
7931 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7932 arg,
7933 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7934 tempflag, type_wanted,
7935 0 /* Ignore count */,
7936 pending_break_support,
7937 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7938 from_tty,
7939 1 /* enabled */,
7940 0 /* internal */);
7941 }
7942
7943 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7944
7945 void
7946 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7947 {
7948 CORE_ADDR pc;
7949
7950 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7951 {
7952 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7953 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7954 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7955 sal->pc = pc;
7956
7957 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7958 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7959 if (sal->explicit_line)
7960 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7961 }
7962
7963 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7964 {
7965 struct blockvector *bv;
7966 struct block *b;
7967 struct symbol *sym;
7968
7969 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7970 if (bv != NULL)
7971 {
7972 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7973 if (sym != NULL)
7974 {
7975 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7976 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7977 }
7978 else
7979 {
7980 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7981 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7982 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7983 happen in assembly source). */
7984
7985 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
7986 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7987
7988 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
7989
7990 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
7991 if (msym)
7992 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
7993
7994 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7995 }
7996 }
7997 }
7998 }
7999
8000 void
8001 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8002 {
8003 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8004 }
8005
8006 void
8007 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8008 {
8009 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8010 }
8011
8012 static void
8013 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8014 {
8015 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8016 }
8017
8018 static void
8019 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8020 {
8021 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8022 }
8023
8024 static void
8025 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8026 {
8027 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8028 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8029 stop at <line>\n"));
8030 }
8031
8032 static void
8033 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8034 {
8035 int badInput = 0;
8036
8037 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8038 badInput = 1;
8039 else if (*arg != '*')
8040 {
8041 char *argptr = arg;
8042 int hasColon = 0;
8043
8044 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8045 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8046 function/method name. */
8047 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8048 {
8049 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8050 argptr++;
8051 }
8052
8053 if (hasColon)
8054 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8055 else
8056 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8057 }
8058
8059 if (badInput)
8060 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8061 else
8062 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8063 }
8064
8065 static void
8066 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8067 {
8068 int badInput = 0;
8069
8070 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8071 badInput = 1;
8072 else
8073 {
8074 char *argptr = arg;
8075 int hasColon = 0;
8076
8077 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8078 it is probably a line number. */
8079 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8080 {
8081 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8082 argptr++;
8083 }
8084
8085 if (hasColon)
8086 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8087 else
8088 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8089 }
8090
8091 if (badInput)
8092 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8093 else
8094 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8095 }
8096
8097 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8098 ranged breakpoints. */
8099
8100 static int
8101 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8102 struct address_space *aspace,
8103 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8104 {
8105 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8106 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8107 }
8108
8109 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8110 ranged breakpoints. */
8111
8112 static int
8113 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8114 {
8115 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8116 }
8117
8118 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8119 ranged breakpoints. */
8120
8121 static enum print_stop_action
8122 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8123 {
8124 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8125 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8127
8128 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8129
8130 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8131 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8132
8133 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8134 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8136 else
8137 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8139 {
8140 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8142 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8143 }
8144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8145 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8146
8147 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8148 }
8149
8150 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8151 ranged breakpoints. */
8152
8153 static void
8154 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8155 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8156 {
8157 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8158 struct value_print_options opts;
8159 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8160
8161 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8162 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8163
8164 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8165
8166 if (opts.addressprint)
8167 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8168 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8170 annotate_field (5);
8171 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8172 *last_loc = bl;
8173 }
8174
8175 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8176 ranged breakpoints. */
8177
8178 static void
8179 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8180 struct ui_out *uiout)
8181 {
8182 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8183 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8184 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8185 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8186
8187 gdb_assert (bl);
8188
8189 address_start = bl->address;
8190 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8191
8192 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8193 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8194 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8195 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8196 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8197 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8198
8199 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8200 }
8201
8202 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8203 ranged breakpoints. */
8204
8205 static void
8206 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8207 {
8208 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8209 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8210
8211 gdb_assert (bl);
8212 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8213
8214 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8215 return;
8216
8217 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8218 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8219 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8220 }
8221
8222 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8223 ranged breakpoints. */
8224
8225 static void
8226 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8227 {
8228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8229 b->addr_string_range_end);
8230 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8231 }
8232
8233 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8234
8235 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8236
8237 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8238 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8239 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8240 last instruction of the given line. */
8241
8242 static CORE_ADDR
8243 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8244 {
8245 CORE_ADDR end;
8246
8247 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8248 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8249 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8250 end = sal.pc;
8251 else
8252 {
8253 int ret;
8254 CORE_ADDR start;
8255
8256 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8257 if (!ret)
8258 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8259
8260 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8261 end--;
8262 }
8263
8264 return end;
8265 }
8266
8267 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8268
8269 static void
8270 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8271 {
8272 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8273 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8274 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8275 CORE_ADDR end;
8276 struct breakpoint *b;
8277 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8278 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8279 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8280
8281 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8282 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8283 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8284
8285 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8286 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8287 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8288 bp_count, 0);
8289 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8290 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8291
8292 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8293 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8294 error(_("No address range specified."));
8295
8296 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8297
8298 arg_start = arg;
8299 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8300
8301 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8302
8303 if (arg[0] != ',')
8304 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8305 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8306 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8307
8308 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8309
8310 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8311 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8312 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8313
8314 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8315 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8316 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8317
8318 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8319 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8320
8321 /* Parse the end location. */
8322
8323 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8324 arg_start = arg;
8325
8326 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8327 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8328 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8329 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8330 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8331 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8332 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8333 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8334
8335 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8336
8337 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8338 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8339
8340 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8341 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8342 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8343 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8344
8345 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8346 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8347 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8348
8349 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8350 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8351 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8352
8353 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8354 if (length < 0)
8355 /* Length overflowed. */
8356 error (_("Address range too large."));
8357 else if (length == 1)
8358 {
8359 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8360 the `hbreak' command. */
8361 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8362
8363 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8364
8365 return;
8366 }
8367
8368 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8369 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8370 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8371 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8372 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8373 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8374 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8375 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8376 b->loc->length = length;
8377
8378 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8379
8380 mention (b);
8381 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8382 update_global_location_list (1);
8383 }
8384
8385 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8386 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8387 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8388 zero. */
8389 static int
8390 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8391 {
8392 int i = exp->nelts;
8393
8394 while (i > 0)
8395 {
8396 int oplenp, argsp;
8397
8398 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8399 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8400 i -= oplenp;
8401
8402 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8403 {
8404 case BINOP_ADD:
8405 case BINOP_SUB:
8406 case BINOP_MUL:
8407 case BINOP_DIV:
8408 case BINOP_REM:
8409 case BINOP_MOD:
8410 case BINOP_LSH:
8411 case BINOP_RSH:
8412 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8413 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8414 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8415 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8416 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8417 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8418 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8419 case BINOP_LESS:
8420 case BINOP_GTR:
8421 case BINOP_LEQ:
8422 case BINOP_GEQ:
8423 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8424 case BINOP_COMMA:
8425 case BINOP_EXP:
8426 case BINOP_MIN:
8427 case BINOP_MAX:
8428 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8429 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8430 case BINOP_IN:
8431 case BINOP_RANGE:
8432 case TERNOP_COND:
8433 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8434 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8435
8436 case OP_LONG:
8437 case OP_DOUBLE:
8438 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8439 case OP_LAST:
8440 case OP_COMPLEX:
8441 case OP_STRING:
8442 case OP_BITSTRING:
8443 case OP_ARRAY:
8444 case OP_TYPE:
8445 case OP_NAME:
8446 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8447
8448 case UNOP_NEG:
8449 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8450 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8451 case UNOP_ADDR:
8452 case UNOP_HIGH:
8453 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8454 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8455 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8456 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8457
8458 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8459 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8460 ADDR is. */
8461 break;
8462
8463 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8464 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8465
8466 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8467 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8468 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8469 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8470
8471 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8472 are always constant. */
8473 {
8474 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8475
8476 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8477 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8478 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8479 return 0;
8480 break;
8481 }
8482
8483 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8484 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8485 then it is not a constant. */
8486 default:
8487 return 0;
8488 }
8489 }
8490
8491 return 1;
8492 }
8493
8494 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8495
8496 static void
8497 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8498 {
8499 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8500
8501 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8502 xfree (w->exp);
8503 xfree (w->exp_string);
8504 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8505 value_free (w->val);
8506
8507 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8508 }
8509
8510 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8511
8512 static void
8513 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8514 {
8515 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8516
8517 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8518 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8519
8520 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8521 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8522 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8523 are loaded and unloaded.
8524
8525 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8526 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8527 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8528 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8529 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8530 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8531
8532 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8533 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8534 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8535 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8536
8537 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8538 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8539
8540 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8541 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8542 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8543 }
8544
8545 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8546
8547 static int
8548 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8549 {
8550 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8551 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8552
8553 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8554 w->cond_exp);
8555 }
8556
8557 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8558
8559 static int
8560 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8561 {
8562 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8563 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8564
8565 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8566 w->cond_exp);
8567 }
8568
8569 static int
8570 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8571 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8572 {
8573 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8574 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8575
8576 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8577 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8578 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8579 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8580 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8581 (did not match the data address). */
8582 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8583 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8584 return 0;
8585
8586 return 1;
8587 }
8588
8589 static void
8590 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8591 {
8592 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8593
8594 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8595 }
8596
8597 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8598 hardware watchpoints. */
8599
8600 static int
8601 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8602 {
8603 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8604 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8605
8606 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8607 }
8608
8609 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8610 hardware watchpoints. */
8611
8612 static int
8613 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8614 {
8615 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8616 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8617 }
8618
8619 static enum print_stop_action
8620 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8621 {
8622 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8623 struct breakpoint *b;
8624 const struct bp_location *bl;
8625 struct ui_stream *stb;
8626 enum print_stop_action result;
8627 struct watchpoint *w;
8628 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8629
8630 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8631
8632 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8633 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8634 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8635
8636 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8637 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8638
8639 switch (b->type)
8640 {
8641 case bp_watchpoint:
8642 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8643 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8644 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8645 ui_out_field_string
8646 (uiout, "reason",
8647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8648 mention (b);
8649 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8651 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8652 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8654 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8655 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8656 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8657 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8658 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8659 break;
8660
8661 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8663 ui_out_field_string
8664 (uiout, "reason",
8665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8666 mention (b);
8667 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8669 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8670 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8672 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8673 break;
8674
8675 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8676 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8677 {
8678 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8679 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8680 ui_out_field_string
8681 (uiout, "reason",
8682 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8683 mention (b);
8684 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8686 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8687 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8689 }
8690 else
8691 {
8692 mention (b);
8693 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8694 ui_out_field_string
8695 (uiout, "reason",
8696 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8697 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8698 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8699 }
8700 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8701 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8702 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8703 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8704 break;
8705 default:
8706 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8707 }
8708
8709 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8710 return result;
8711 }
8712
8713 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8714 watchpoints. */
8715
8716 static void
8717 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8718 {
8719 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8720 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8721 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8722
8723 switch (b->type)
8724 {
8725 case bp_watchpoint:
8726 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8727 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8728 break;
8729 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8731 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8732 break;
8733 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8734 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8735 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8736 break;
8737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8738 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8739 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8740 break;
8741 default:
8742 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8743 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8744 }
8745
8746 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8747 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8748 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8749 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8750 }
8751
8752 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8753 watchpoints. */
8754
8755 static void
8756 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8757 {
8758 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8759
8760 switch (b->type)
8761 {
8762 case bp_watchpoint:
8763 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8765 break;
8766 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8768 break;
8769 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8771 break;
8772 default:
8773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8774 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8775 }
8776
8777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8778 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8779 }
8780
8781 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8782
8783 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8784
8785 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8786 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8787
8788 static int
8789 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8790 {
8791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8792
8793 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8794 bl->watchpoint_type);
8795 }
8796
8797 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8799
8800 static int
8801 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8802 {
8803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8804
8805 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8806 bl->watchpoint_type);
8807 }
8808
8809 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8811
8812 static int
8813 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8814 {
8815 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8816
8817 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8818 }
8819
8820 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8821 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8822
8823 static int
8824 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8825 {
8826 return 0;
8827 }
8828
8829 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8830 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8831
8832 static enum print_stop_action
8833 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8834 {
8835 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8836 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8837
8838 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8839 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8840
8841 switch (b->type)
8842 {
8843 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8844 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8845 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8846 ui_out_field_string
8847 (uiout, "reason",
8848 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8849 break;
8850
8851 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8852 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8853 ui_out_field_string
8854 (uiout, "reason",
8855 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8856 break;
8857
8858 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8859 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8860 ui_out_field_string
8861 (uiout, "reason",
8862 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8863 break;
8864 default:
8865 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8866 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8867 }
8868
8869 mention (b);
8870 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8871 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8872 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8874
8875 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8876 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8877 }
8878
8879 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8880 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8881
8882 static void
8883 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8884 struct ui_out *uiout)
8885 {
8886 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8887
8888 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8889 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8890
8891 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8892 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8893 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8894 }
8895
8896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8898
8899 static void
8900 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8901 {
8902 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8903 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8904 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8905
8906 switch (b->type)
8907 {
8908 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8909 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8910 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8911 break;
8912 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8913 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8914 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8915 break;
8916 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8917 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8918 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8919 break;
8920 default:
8921 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8922 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8923 }
8924
8925 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8926 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8928 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8929 }
8930
8931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8932 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8933
8934 static void
8935 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8936 {
8937 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8938 char tmp[40];
8939
8940 switch (b->type)
8941 {
8942 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8944 break;
8945 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8947 break;
8948 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8950 break;
8951 default:
8952 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8953 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8954 }
8955
8956 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
8957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
8958 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8959 }
8960
8961 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8962
8963 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8964
8965 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8966
8967 static int
8968 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8969 {
8970 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8971 }
8972
8973 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8974 hw_read: watch read,
8975 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8976 static void
8977 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
8978 int just_location, int internal)
8979 {
8980 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8981 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
8982 struct expression *exp;
8983 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
8984 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
8985 struct frame_info *frame;
8986 char *exp_start = NULL;
8987 char *exp_end = NULL;
8988 char *tok, *end_tok;
8989 int toklen = -1;
8990 char *cond_start = NULL;
8991 char *cond_end = NULL;
8992 enum bptype bp_type;
8993 int thread = -1;
8994 int pc = 0;
8995 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
8996 the hardware watchpoint. */
8997 int use_mask = 0;
8998 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
8999 struct watchpoint *w;
9000
9001 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9002 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9003 {
9004 char *value_start;
9005
9006 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9007 of the arguments string. */
9008 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9009 {
9010 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9011 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9012 tok--;
9013
9014 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9015 This is the value of the parameter. */
9016 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9017 tok--;
9018 value_start = tok + 1;
9019
9020 /* Skip whitespace. */
9021 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9022 tok--;
9023
9024 end_tok = tok;
9025
9026 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9027 This is the parameter itself. */
9028 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9029 tok--;
9030 tok++;
9031 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9032
9033 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9034 {
9035 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9036 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9037 only in a specific thread. */
9038 char *endp;
9039
9040 if (thread != -1)
9041 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9042
9043 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9044 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9045
9046 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9047 thread ID. */
9048 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9049 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9050
9051 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9052 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9053 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9054 }
9055 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9056 {
9057 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9058 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9059 facility. */
9060 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9061
9062 if (use_mask)
9063 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9064
9065 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9066
9067 mark = value_mark ();
9068 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9069 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9070 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9071 }
9072 else
9073 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9074 break;
9075
9076 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9077 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9078 *tok = '\0';
9079 }
9080 }
9081
9082 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9083 innermost_block = NULL;
9084 exp_start = arg;
9085 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9086 exp_end = arg;
9087 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9088 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9089 prettier. */
9090 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9091 --exp_end;
9092
9093 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9094 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9095 {
9096 int len;
9097
9098 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9099 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9100 len--;
9101 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9102 }
9103
9104 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9105 mark = value_mark ();
9106 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9107
9108 if (just_location)
9109 {
9110 int ret;
9111
9112 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9113 val = value_addr (result);
9114 release_value (val);
9115 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9116
9117 if (use_mask)
9118 {
9119 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9120 mask);
9121 if (ret == -1)
9122 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9123 else if (ret == -2)
9124 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9125 }
9126 }
9127 else if (val != NULL)
9128 release_value (val);
9129
9130 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9131 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9132
9133 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9134 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9135 {
9136 struct expression *cond;
9137
9138 innermost_block = NULL;
9139 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9140 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9141
9142 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9143 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9144 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9145
9146 xfree (cond);
9147 cond_end = tok;
9148 }
9149 if (*tok)
9150 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9151
9152 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9153 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9154 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9155 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9156 else
9157 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9158
9159 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9160
9161 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9162 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9163 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9164 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9165 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9166 {
9167 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9168 {
9169 scope_breakpoint
9170 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9171 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9172 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9173 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9174
9175 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9176
9177 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9178 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9179
9180 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9181 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9182
9183 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9184 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9185 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9186 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9187 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9188 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9189 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9190 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9191 scope_breakpoint->type);
9192 }
9193 }
9194
9195 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9196
9197 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9198 b = &w->base;
9199 if (use_mask)
9200 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9201 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9202 else
9203 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9204 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9205 b->thread = thread;
9206 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9207 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9208 w->exp = exp;
9209 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9210 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9211 if (just_location)
9212 {
9213 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9214 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9215 char *name;
9216
9217 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9218 name = type_to_string (t);
9219
9220 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9221 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9222 xfree (name);
9223
9224 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9225 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9226
9227 /* The above expression is in C. */
9228 b->language = language_c;
9229 }
9230 else
9231 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9232
9233 if (use_mask)
9234 {
9235 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9236 }
9237 else
9238 {
9239 w->val = val;
9240 w->val_valid = 1;
9241 }
9242
9243 if (cond_start)
9244 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9245 else
9246 b->cond_string = 0;
9247
9248 if (frame)
9249 {
9250 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9251 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9252 }
9253 else
9254 {
9255 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9256 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9257 }
9258
9259 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9260 {
9261 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9262 need to act on them together. */
9263 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9264 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9265 }
9266
9267 if (!just_location)
9268 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9269
9270 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9271 {
9272 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9273 that should be inserted. */
9274 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9275 }
9276 if (e.reason < 0)
9277 {
9278 delete_breakpoint (b);
9279 throw_exception (e);
9280 }
9281
9282 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9283 }
9284
9285 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9286 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9287
9288 static int
9289 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9290 {
9291 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9292 struct value *head = v;
9293
9294 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9295 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9296 return 0;
9297
9298 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9299 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9300 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9301 hardware watchpoint.
9302
9303 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9304 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9305 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9306 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9307 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9308 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9309 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9310 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9311 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9312
9313 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9314 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9315 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9316 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9317 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9318 {
9319 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9320 {
9321 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9322 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9323 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9324 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9325 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9326 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9327 ;
9328 else
9329 {
9330 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9331 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9332 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9333
9334 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9335 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9336 middle of some value chain. */
9337 if (v == head
9338 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9339 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9340 {
9341 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9342 int len;
9343 int num_regs;
9344
9345 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9346 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9347 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9348
9349 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9350 if (!num_regs)
9351 return 0;
9352 else
9353 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9354 }
9355 }
9356 }
9357 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9358 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9359 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9360 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9361 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9362 }
9363
9364 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9365 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9366 return found_memory_cnt;
9367 }
9368
9369 void
9370 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9371 {
9372 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9373 }
9374
9375 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9376 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9377 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9378 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9379
9380 static int
9381 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9382 {
9383 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9384 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9385 {
9386 *str += arg_len;
9387 return 1;
9388 }
9389 return 0;
9390 }
9391
9392 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9393 calls watch_command_1. */
9394
9395 static void
9396 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9397 {
9398 int just_location = 0;
9399
9400 if (arg
9401 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9402 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9403 {
9404 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9405 just_location = 1;
9406 }
9407
9408 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9409 }
9410
9411 static void
9412 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9413 {
9414 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9415 }
9416
9417 void
9418 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9419 {
9420 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9421 }
9422
9423 static void
9424 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9425 {
9426 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9427 }
9428
9429 void
9430 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9431 {
9432 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9433 }
9434
9435 static void
9436 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9437 {
9438 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9439 }
9440 \f
9441
9442 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9443 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9444
9445 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9446 {
9447 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9448 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9449 int thread_num;
9450 };
9451
9452 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9453 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9454 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9455 command. */
9456 static void
9457 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9458 {
9459 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9460
9461 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9462 if (a->breakpoint2)
9463 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9464 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9465 }
9466
9467 void
9468 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9469 {
9470 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9471 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9472 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9473 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9474 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9475 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9476 int thread;
9477 struct thread_info *tp;
9478
9479 clear_proceed_status ();
9480
9481 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9482 this function. */
9483
9484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9485 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9487 get_last_displayed_line ());
9488 else
9489 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9490 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9491
9492 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9493 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9494
9495 sal = sals.sals[0];
9496 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9497
9498 if (*arg)
9499 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9500
9501 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9502
9503 if (anywhere)
9504 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9505 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9506 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9507 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9508 else
9509 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9510 only at the very same frame. */
9511 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9512 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9513 bp_until);
9514
9515 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9516
9517 tp = inferior_thread ();
9518 thread = tp->num;
9519
9520 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9521 one. */
9522
9523 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9524 {
9525 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9526 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9527 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9528 sal,
9529 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9530 bp_until);
9531 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9532
9533 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9534 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9535 }
9536
9537 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9538
9539 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9540 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9541 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9542 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9543
9544 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9545 {
9546 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9547 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9548
9549 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9550 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9551 args->thread_num = thread;
9552
9553 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9554 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9555 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9556 xfree);
9557 }
9558 else
9559 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9560 }
9561
9562 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9563 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9564
9565 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9566 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9567 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9568 if clause in the arg string. */
9569
9570 static char *
9571 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9572 {
9573 char *cond_string;
9574
9575 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9576 return NULL;
9577
9578 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9579 (*arg) += 2;
9580
9581 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9582 condition string. */
9583 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9584 cond_string = *arg;
9585
9586 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9587 string. */
9588 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9589
9590 return cond_string;
9591 }
9592
9593 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9594 process start/exit, etc. */
9595
9596 typedef enum
9597 {
9598 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9599 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9600 }
9601 catch_fork_kind;
9602
9603 static void
9604 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9605 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9606 {
9607 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9608 char *cond_string = NULL;
9609 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9610 int tempflag;
9611
9612 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9613 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9614 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9615
9616 if (!arg)
9617 arg = "";
9618 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9619
9620 /* The allowed syntax is:
9621 catch [v]fork
9622 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9623
9624 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9625 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9626
9627 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9628 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9629
9630 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9631 and enable reporting of such events. */
9632 switch (fork_kind)
9633 {
9634 case catch_fork_temporary:
9635 case catch_fork_permanent:
9636 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9637 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9638 break;
9639 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9640 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9641 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9642 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9643 break;
9644 default:
9645 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9646 break;
9647 }
9648 }
9649
9650 static void
9651 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9652 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9653 {
9654 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9655 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9656 int tempflag;
9657 char *cond_string = NULL;
9658
9659 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9660
9661 if (!arg)
9662 arg = "";
9663 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9664
9665 /* The allowed syntax is:
9666 catch exec
9667 catch exec if <cond>
9668
9669 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9670 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9671
9672 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9673 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9674
9675 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9676 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9677 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9678 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9679
9680 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9681 }
9682
9683 static enum print_stop_action
9684 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9685 {
9686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9687 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9688 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9689
9690 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9691
9692 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9693 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9694 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9695 b->loc->address,
9696 b->number, 1);
9697 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9698 ui_out_text (uiout,
9699 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9700 : "Catchpoint ");
9701 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9702 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9703 ui_out_text (uiout,
9704 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9705 : " (exception caught), ");
9706 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9707 {
9708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9709 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9711 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9712 }
9713 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9714 }
9715
9716 static void
9717 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9718 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9719 {
9720 struct value_print_options opts;
9721 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9722
9723 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9724 if (opts.addressprint)
9725 {
9726 annotate_field (4);
9727 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9729 else
9730 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9731 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9732 }
9733 annotate_field (5);
9734 if (b->loc)
9735 *last_loc = b->loc;
9736 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9737 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9738 else
9739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9740 }
9741
9742 static void
9743 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9744 {
9745 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9746 int bp_temp;
9747 int bp_throw;
9748
9749 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9750 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9751 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9752 : _("Catchpoint "));
9753 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9754 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9755 : _(" (catch)"));
9756 }
9757
9758 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9759 catch catchpoints. */
9760
9761 static void
9762 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9763 struct ui_file *fp)
9764 {
9765 int bp_temp;
9766 int bp_throw;
9767
9768 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9769 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9772 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9773 }
9774
9775 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9776
9777 static int
9778 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9779 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9780 {
9781 char *trigger_func_name;
9782
9783 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9784 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9785 else
9786 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9787
9788 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9789 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9790 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9791 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9792 0,
9793 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9794 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9795 1 /* enabled */,
9796 0 /* internal */);
9797
9798 return 1;
9799 }
9800
9801 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9802
9803 static void
9804 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9805 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9806 {
9807 char *cond_string = NULL;
9808
9809 if (!arg)
9810 arg = "";
9811 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9812
9813 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9814
9815 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9816 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9817
9818 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9819 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9820 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9821
9822 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9823 return;
9824
9825 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9826 }
9827
9828 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9829
9830 static void
9831 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9832 {
9833 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9834
9835 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9836 }
9837
9838 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9839
9840 static void
9841 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9842 {
9843 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9844
9845 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9846 }
9847
9848 void
9849 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9850 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9851 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9852 char *addr_string,
9853 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9854 int tempflag,
9855 int from_tty)
9856 {
9857 if (from_tty)
9858 {
9859 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9860 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9861 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9862
9863 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9864 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9865 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9866 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9867 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9868 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9869 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9870 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9871 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9872 enough for now, though. */
9873 }
9874
9875 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9876
9877 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9878 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9879 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9880 b->language = language_ada;
9881 }
9882
9883 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9884 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9885 static VEC(int) *
9886 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9887 {
9888 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9889 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9890
9891 while (*arg != '\0')
9892 {
9893 int i, syscall_number;
9894 char *endptr;
9895 char cur_name[128];
9896 struct syscall s;
9897
9898 /* Skip whitespace. */
9899 while (isspace (*arg))
9900 arg++;
9901
9902 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9903 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9904 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9905 arg += i;
9906
9907 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9908 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9909 if (*endptr == '\0')
9910 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9911 else
9912 {
9913 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9914 to a number. */
9915 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9916
9917 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9918 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9919 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9920 syscall number to be caught. */
9921 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9922 }
9923
9924 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9925 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9926 }
9927
9928 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9929 return result;
9930 }
9931
9932 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9933
9934 static void
9935 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9936 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9937 {
9938 int tempflag;
9939 VEC(int) *filter;
9940 struct syscall s;
9941 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9942
9943 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9944 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9945 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9946 this architecture yet."));
9947
9948 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9949
9950 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9951
9952 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9953 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9954 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9955 for his/her architecture. */
9956 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9957
9958 /* The allowed syntax is:
9959 catch syscall
9960 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9961
9962 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9963
9964 if (arg != NULL)
9965 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
9966 else
9967 filter = NULL;
9968
9969 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
9970 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
9971 }
9972
9973 static void
9974 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9975 {
9976 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9977 }
9978 \f
9979
9980 static void
9981 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9982 {
9983 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9984 }
9985
9986 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
9987
9988 static int
9989 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
9990 {
9991 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
9992 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
9993 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
9994 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
9995
9996 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
9997 return -1;
9998 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
9999 return 1;
10000
10001 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10002 the number 0. */
10003 if (ua < ub)
10004 return -1;
10005 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10006 }
10007
10008 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10009
10010 static void
10011 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10012 {
10013 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10014 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10015 int ix;
10016 int default_match;
10017 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10018 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10019 int i;
10020 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10021
10022 if (arg)
10023 {
10024 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10025 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10026 default_match = 0;
10027 }
10028 else
10029 {
10030 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10031 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10032 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10033 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10034
10035 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10036 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10037 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10038 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10039 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10040 error (_("No source file specified."));
10041
10042 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10043 sals.nelts = 1;
10044
10045 default_match = 1;
10046 }
10047
10048 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10049 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10050 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10051 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10052
10053 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10054 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10055 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10056 due to optimization, all in one block.
10057
10058 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10059 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10060 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10061 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10062 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10063 to support that. */
10064
10065 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10066 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10067 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10068 breakpoint. */
10069
10070 found = NULL;
10071 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10072 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10073 {
10074 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10075
10076 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10077 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10078 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10079 or at default pc.
10080
10081 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10082
10083 0 1 pc
10084 1 1 pc _and_ line
10085 0 0 line
10086 1 0 <can't happen> */
10087
10088 sal = sals.sals[i];
10089 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10090 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10091
10092 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10094 {
10095 int match = 0;
10096 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10097 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10098 {
10099 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10100 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10101 {
10102 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10103 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10104 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10105 && sal.pc
10106 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10107 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10108 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10109 || loc->section == sal.section));
10110 int line_match = 0;
10111
10112 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10113 && loc->source_file != NULL
10114 && sal.symtab != NULL
10115 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10116 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10117 {
10118 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10119 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10120 line_match = 1;
10121 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10122 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10123 sal.symtab->filename,
10124 sal_name_len))
10125 line_match = 1;
10126 }
10127
10128 if (pc_match || line_match)
10129 {
10130 match = 1;
10131 break;
10132 }
10133 }
10134 }
10135
10136 if (match)
10137 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10138 }
10139 }
10140
10141 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10142 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10143 {
10144 if (arg)
10145 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10146 else
10147 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10148 }
10149
10150 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10151 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10152 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10153 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10154 compare_breakpoints);
10155 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10156 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10157 {
10158 if (b == prev)
10159 {
10160 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10161 --ix;
10162 }
10163 }
10164
10165 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10166 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10167 if (from_tty)
10168 {
10169 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10170 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10171 else
10172 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10173 }
10174 breakpoints_changed ();
10175
10176 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10177 {
10178 if (from_tty)
10179 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10180 delete_breakpoint (b);
10181 }
10182 if (from_tty)
10183 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10184
10185 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10186 }
10187 \f
10188 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10189 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10190 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10191
10192 void
10193 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10194 {
10195 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10196
10197 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10198 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10199 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10200 && bs->stop)
10201 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10202
10203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10204 {
10205 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10206 delete_breakpoint (b);
10207 }
10208 }
10209
10210 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10211 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10212 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10213 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10214 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10215 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10216
10217 static int
10218 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10219 {
10220 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10221 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10222 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10223 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10224 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10225
10226 if (a->address != b->address)
10227 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10228
10229 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10230 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10231 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10232
10233 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10234 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10235
10236 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10237 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10238 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10239
10240 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10241 }
10242
10243 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10244 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10245 content of the bp_location array. */
10246
10247 static void
10248 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10249 {
10250 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10251
10252 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10253 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10254
10255 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10256 {
10257 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10258
10259 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10260 continue;
10261
10262 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10263 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10264
10265 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10266 addr = bl->address - start;
10267 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10268 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10269
10270 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10271
10272 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10273 addr = end - bl->address;
10274 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10275 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10276 }
10277 }
10278
10279 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10280
10281 static void
10282 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10283 {
10284 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10285 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10286
10287 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10288 return;
10289
10290 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10291
10292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10293 {
10294 struct tracepoint *t;
10295
10296 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10297 continue;
10298
10299 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10300 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10301 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10302 continue;
10303
10304 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10305 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10306 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10307 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10308 continue;
10309
10310 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10311
10312 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10313
10314 bl->inserted = 1;
10315 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10316 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10317 }
10318
10319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10320 }
10321
10322 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10323
10324 static void
10325 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10326 {
10327 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10328 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10329 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10330
10331 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10332 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10333 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10334 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10335 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10336
10337 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10338 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10339 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10340 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10341 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10342 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10343 }
10344
10345 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10346 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10347 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10348 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10349 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10350 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10351 returns true on them.
10352
10353 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10354 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10355 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10356 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10357 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10358 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10359
10360 static void
10361 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10362 {
10363 struct breakpoint *b;
10364 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10365 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10366
10367 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10368 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10369 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10370 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10371 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10372 once. */
10373 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10374 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10375 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10376 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10377
10378 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10379 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10380 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10381 unsigned old_location_count;
10382
10383 old_location = bp_location;
10384 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10385 bp_location = NULL;
10386 bp_location_count = 0;
10387 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10388
10389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10390 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10391 bp_location_count++;
10392
10393 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10394 locp = bp_location;
10395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10396 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10397 *locp++ = loc;
10398 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10399 bp_location_compare);
10400
10401 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10402
10403 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10404 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10405 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10406 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10407 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10408 location.
10409
10410 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10411 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10412
10413 locp = bp_location;
10414 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10415 old_locp++)
10416 {
10417 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10418 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10419
10420 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10421 not, we have to free it. */
10422 int found_object = 0;
10423 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10424 int keep_in_target = 0;
10425 int removed = 0;
10426
10427 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10428 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10429 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10430 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10431 locp++;
10432
10433 for (loc2p = locp;
10434 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10435 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10436 loc2p++)
10437 {
10438 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10439 {
10440 found_object = 1;
10441 break;
10442 }
10443 }
10444
10445 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10446 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10447 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10448 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10449 at certain location is not inserted. */
10450
10451 if (old_loc->inserted)
10452 {
10453 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10454 it. */
10455
10456 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10457 {
10458 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10459 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10460 keep_in_target = 1;
10461 }
10462 else
10463 {
10464 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10465 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10466 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10467 this one from the target. */
10468
10469 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10470 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10471 {
10472 for (loc2p = locp;
10473 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10474 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10475 loc2p++)
10476 {
10477 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10478
10479 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10480 {
10481 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10482 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10483 supported, but the latter are. */
10484 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10485 {
10486 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10487 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10488 }
10489
10490 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10491 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10492 unduplicated. */
10493 if (loc2 != old_loc
10494 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10495 {
10496 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10497 keep_in_target = 1;
10498 break;
10499 }
10500 }
10501 }
10502 }
10503 }
10504
10505 if (!keep_in_target)
10506 {
10507 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10508 {
10509 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10510 this location on the global list, and try to
10511 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10512 reason why we will succeed next time.
10513
10514 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10515 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10516 only after calling us. */
10517 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10518 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10519 old_loc->owner->number);
10520 }
10521 removed = 1;
10522 }
10523 }
10524
10525 if (!found_object)
10526 {
10527 if (removed && non_stop
10528 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10529 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10530 {
10531 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10532 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10533 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10534 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10535 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10536 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10537 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10538 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10539 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10540 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10541 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10542 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10543 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10544 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10545 SIGTRAP.
10546
10547 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10548 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10549
10550 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10551 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10552 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10553 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10554 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10555 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10556 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10557 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10558 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10559 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10560 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10561 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10562 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10563 thread_count.
10564
10565 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10566 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10567 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10568 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10569
10570 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10571 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10572 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10573 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10574 traps we can no longer explain. */
10575
10576 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10577 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10578
10579 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10580 }
10581 else
10582 {
10583 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10584 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10585 }
10586 }
10587 }
10588
10589 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10590 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10591 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10592 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10593 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10594 are sorted first for the same address.
10595
10596 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10597 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10598
10599 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10600 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10601 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10602 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10603 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10604 {
10605 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10606 non-NULL. */
10607 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10608 b = loc->owner;
10609
10610 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10611 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10612 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10613 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10614 `struct bp_location'. */
10615 || is_tracepoint (b))
10616 continue;
10617
10618 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10619 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10620 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10621 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10622 "actually inserted"));
10623
10624 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10625 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10626 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10627 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10628 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10629 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10630 else
10631 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10632
10633 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10634 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10635 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10636 {
10637 *loc_first_p = loc;
10638 loc->duplicate = 0;
10639 continue;
10640 }
10641
10642
10643 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10644 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10645 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10646 if (loc->inserted)
10647 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10648 loc->duplicate = 1;
10649
10650 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10651 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10652 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10653 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10654 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10655 }
10656
10657 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10658 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10659 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10660 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10661
10662 if (should_insert)
10663 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10664
10665 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10666 }
10667
10668 void
10669 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10670 {
10671 struct bp_location *loc;
10672 int ix;
10673
10674 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10675 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10676 {
10677 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10678 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10679 --ix;
10680 }
10681 }
10682
10683 static void
10684 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10685 {
10686 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10687
10688 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10689 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10690 }
10691
10692 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10693
10694 static void
10695 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10696 {
10697 bpstat bs;
10698
10699 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10700 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10701 {
10702 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10703 bs->old_val = NULL;
10704 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10705 }
10706 }
10707
10708 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10709 static int
10710 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10711 {
10712 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10713
10714 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10715 return 0;
10716 }
10717
10718 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10719 callbacks. */
10720
10721 static void
10722 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10723 {
10724 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10725 struct value_print_options opts;
10726
10727 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10728
10729 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10730 single string. */
10731 if (b->loc == NULL)
10732 {
10733 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10734 }
10735 else
10736 {
10737 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10738 {
10739 printf_filtered (" at ");
10740 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10741 gdb_stdout);
10742 }
10743 if (b->loc->source_file)
10744 {
10745 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10746 more nicely. */
10747 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10748 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10749 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10750 else
10751 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10752 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10753 real situation somewhat. */
10754 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10755 }
10756
10757 if (b->loc->next)
10758 {
10759 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10760 int n = 0;
10761 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10762 ++n;
10763 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10764 }
10765 }
10766 }
10767
10768 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10769
10770 static void
10771 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10772 {
10773 xfree (self->cond);
10774 xfree (self->function_name);
10775 xfree (self->source_file);
10776 }
10777
10778 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10779 {
10780 bp_location_dtor
10781 };
10782
10783 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10784 inherit from. */
10785
10786 static void
10787 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10788 {
10789 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10790 xfree (self->cond_string);
10791 xfree (self->addr_string);
10792 xfree (self->filter);
10793 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10794 }
10795
10796 static struct bp_location *
10797 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10798 {
10799 struct bp_location *loc;
10800
10801 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10802 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10803 return loc;
10804 }
10805
10806 static void
10807 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10808 {
10809 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10810 }
10811
10812 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10813 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10814
10815 static int
10816 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10817 {
10818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10819 }
10820
10821 static int
10822 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10823 {
10824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10825 }
10826
10827 static int
10828 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10829 struct address_space *aspace,
10830 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10831 {
10832 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10833 }
10834
10835 static void
10836 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10837 {
10838 /* Always stop. */
10839 }
10840
10841 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10842 errors. */
10843
10844 static int
10845 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10846 {
10847 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10848 }
10849
10850 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10851 errors. */
10852
10853 static int
10854 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10855 {
10856 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10857 }
10858
10859 static enum print_stop_action
10860 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10861 {
10862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10863 }
10864
10865 static void
10866 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10867 struct ui_out *uiout)
10868 {
10869 /* nothing */
10870 }
10871
10872 static void
10873 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10874 {
10875 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10876 }
10877
10878 static void
10879 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10880 {
10881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10882 }
10883
10884 static void
10885 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
10886 struct linespec_result *canonical,
10887 enum bptype type_wanted,
10888 char *addr_start,
10889 char **copy_arg)
10890 {
10891 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10892 }
10893
10894 static void
10895 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10896 struct linespec_result *c,
10897 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
10898 char *cond_string,
10899 enum bptype type_wanted,
10900 enum bpdisp disposition,
10901 int thread,
10902 int task, int ignore_count,
10903 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
10904 int from_tty, int enabled,
10905 int internal)
10906 {
10907 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10908 }
10909
10910 static void
10911 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
10912 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
10913 {
10914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10915 }
10916
10917 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10918 {
10919 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10920 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10921 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10922 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10923 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10924 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10925 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10926 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10927 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10928 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10929 NULL,
10930 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10931 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10932 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
10933 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
10934 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
10935 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
10936 };
10937
10938 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10939
10940 static void
10941 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10942 {
10943 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10944 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10945 {
10946 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10947 delete_breakpoint (b);
10948 return;
10949 }
10950
10951 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10952 }
10953
10954 static int
10955 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10956 {
10957 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10958 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10959 &bl->target_info);
10960 else
10961 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10962 &bl->target_info);
10963 }
10964
10965 static int
10966 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10967 {
10968 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10969 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10970 else
10971 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10972 }
10973
10974 static int
10975 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10976 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10977 {
10978 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10979
10980 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10981 aspace, bp_addr))
10982 return 0;
10983
10984 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
10985 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10986 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10987 return 0;
10988
10989 return 1;
10990 }
10991
10992 static int
10993 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10994 {
10995 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10996
10997 return 1;
10998 }
10999
11000 static enum print_stop_action
11001 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11002 {
11003 struct breakpoint *b;
11004 const struct bp_location *bl;
11005 int bp_temp;
11006 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11007
11008 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11009
11010 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11011 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11012
11013 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11014 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11015 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11016 bl->address,
11017 b->number, 1);
11018 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11019 if (bp_temp)
11020 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11021 else
11022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11023 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11024 {
11025 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11026 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11028 }
11029 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11030 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11031
11032 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11033 }
11034
11035 static void
11036 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11037 {
11038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11039 return;
11040
11041 switch (b->type)
11042 {
11043 case bp_breakpoint:
11044 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11045 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11046 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11047 else
11048 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11049 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11050 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11051 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11052 break;
11053 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11054 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11055 break;
11056 }
11057
11058 say_where (b);
11059 }
11060
11061 static void
11062 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11063 {
11064 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11066 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11068 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11069 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11070 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11071 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11073 else
11074 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11075 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11076
11077 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11078 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11079 }
11080
11081 static void
11082 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11083 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11084 enum bptype type_wanted,
11085 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11086 {
11087 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11088 addr_start, copy_arg);
11089 }
11090
11091 static void
11092 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11093 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11094 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11095 char *cond_string,
11096 enum bptype type_wanted,
11097 enum bpdisp disposition,
11098 int thread,
11099 int task, int ignore_count,
11100 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11101 int from_tty, int enabled,
11102 int internal)
11103 {
11104 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11105 cond_string, type_wanted,
11106 disposition, thread, task,
11107 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11108 enabled, internal);
11109 }
11110
11111 static void
11112 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11113 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11114 {
11115 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11116 }
11117
11118 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11119
11120 static void
11121 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11122 {
11123 switch (b->type)
11124 {
11125 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11126 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11127 case bp_overlay_event:
11128 case bp_longjmp_master:
11129 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11130 case bp_exception_master:
11131 delete_breakpoint (b);
11132 break;
11133
11134 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11135 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11136 case bp_shlib_event:
11137
11138 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11139 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11140 case bp_thread_event:
11141 break;
11142 }
11143 }
11144
11145 static void
11146 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11147 {
11148 /* We do not stop for these. */
11149 bs->stop = 0;
11150 }
11151
11152 static enum print_stop_action
11153 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11154 {
11155 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11156 struct breakpoint *b;
11157
11158 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11159
11160 switch (b->type)
11161 {
11162 case bp_shlib_event:
11163 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11164 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11165 to shlib event" message.) */
11166 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11167 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11168 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11169 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11170 break;
11171
11172 case bp_thread_event:
11173 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11174 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11175 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11176 break;
11177
11178 case bp_overlay_event:
11179 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11180 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11181 break;
11182
11183 case bp_longjmp_master:
11184 /* These should never be enabled. */
11185 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11186 break;
11187
11188 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11189 /* These should never be enabled. */
11190 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11191 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11192 break;
11193
11194 case bp_exception_master:
11195 /* These should never be enabled. */
11196 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11197 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11198 break;
11199 }
11200
11201 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11202 }
11203
11204 static void
11205 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11206 {
11207 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11208 }
11209
11210 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11211
11212 static void
11213 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11214 {
11215 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11216 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11217 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11218 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11219 }
11220
11221 static void
11222 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11223 {
11224 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11225 }
11226
11227 static enum print_stop_action
11228 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11229 {
11230 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11231
11232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11233 {
11234 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11235
11236 switch (b->type)
11237 {
11238 case bp_finish:
11239 ui_out_field_string
11240 (uiout, "reason",
11241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11242 break;
11243
11244 case bp_until:
11245 ui_out_field_string
11246 (uiout, "reason",
11247 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11248 break;
11249 }
11250 }
11251
11252 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11253 }
11254
11255 static void
11256 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11257 {
11258 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11259 }
11260
11261 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11262
11263 static void
11264 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11265 {
11266 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11267 }
11268
11269 static int
11270 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11271 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11272 {
11273 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11274 tracepoints. */
11275 return 0;
11276 }
11277
11278 static void
11279 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11280 struct ui_out *uiout)
11281 {
11282 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11283 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11284 {
11285 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11286
11287 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11288 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11289 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11290 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11291 }
11292 }
11293
11294 static void
11295 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11296 {
11297 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11298 return;
11299
11300 switch (b->type)
11301 {
11302 case bp_tracepoint:
11303 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11304 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11305 break;
11306 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11307 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11308 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11309 break;
11310 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11311 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11312 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11313 break;
11314 default:
11315 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11316 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11317 }
11318
11319 say_where (b);
11320 }
11321
11322 static void
11323 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11324 {
11325 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11326
11327 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11328 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11329 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11330 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11331 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11332 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11333 else
11334 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11335 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11336
11337 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11338 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11339
11340 if (tp->pass_count)
11341 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11342 }
11343
11344 static void
11345 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11346 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11347 enum bptype type_wanted,
11348 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11349 {
11350 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11351 addr_start, copy_arg);
11352 }
11353
11354 static void
11355 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11356 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11357 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11358 char *cond_string,
11359 enum bptype type_wanted,
11360 enum bpdisp disposition,
11361 int thread,
11362 int task, int ignore_count,
11363 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11364 int from_tty, int enabled,
11365 int internal)
11366 {
11367 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11368 cond_string, type_wanted,
11369 disposition, thread, task,
11370 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11371 enabled, internal);
11372 }
11373
11374 static void
11375 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11376 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11377 {
11378 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11379 }
11380
11381 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11382
11383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11384 markers (`-m'). */
11385
11386 static void
11387 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11388 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11389 enum bptype type_wanted,
11390 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11391 {
11392 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11393
11394 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11395
11396 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11397
11398 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11399 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11400 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11401 }
11402
11403 static void
11404 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11405 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11406 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11407 char *cond_string,
11408 enum bptype type_wanted,
11409 enum bpdisp disposition,
11410 int thread,
11411 int task, int ignore_count,
11412 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11413 int from_tty, int enabled,
11414 int internal)
11415 {
11416 int i;
11417
11418 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11419 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11420 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11421 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11422 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11423 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11424
11425 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11426 {
11427 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11428 struct tracepoint *tp;
11429 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11430 char *addr_string;
11431
11432 expanded.nelts = 1;
11433 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11434
11435 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11436 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11437
11438 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11439 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11440 addr_string, NULL,
11441 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11442 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11443 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11444 canonical->special_display);
11445 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11446 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11447 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11448 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11449 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11450 corresponds to this one */
11451 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11452
11453 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11454
11455 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11456 }
11457 }
11458
11459 static void
11460 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11461 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11462 {
11463 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11464
11465 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11466 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11467 {
11468 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11469 sals->nelts = 1;
11470 }
11471 else
11472 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11473 }
11474
11475 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11476
11477 static int
11478 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11479 {
11480 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11481 }
11482
11483 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11484 structures. */
11485
11486 void
11487 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11488 {
11489 struct breakpoint *b;
11490
11491 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11492
11493 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11494 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11495 especial culprits.
11496
11497 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11498 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11499 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11500 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11501 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11502 deleted.
11503
11504 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11505 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11506 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11507 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11508 was chosen. */
11509 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11510 return;
11511
11512 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11513 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11514 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11515 {
11516 struct breakpoint *related;
11517 struct watchpoint *w;
11518
11519 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11520 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11521 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11522 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11523 else
11524 w = NULL;
11525 if (w != NULL)
11526 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11527
11528 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11529 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11530 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11531 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11532 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11533 }
11534
11535 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11536 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11537 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11538 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11539 if (bpt->number)
11540 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11541
11542 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11543 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11544
11545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11546 if (b->next == bpt)
11547 {
11548 b->next = bpt->next;
11549 break;
11550 }
11551
11552 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11553 been freed. */
11554 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11555 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11556 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11557 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11558 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11559 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11560 commands won't work. */
11561
11562 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11563
11564 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11565 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11566 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11567 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11568 might be better design to have location completely
11569 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11570 update_global_location_list (0);
11571
11572 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11573 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11574 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11575 bpt->type = bp_none;
11576 xfree (bpt);
11577 }
11578
11579 static void
11580 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11581 {
11582 delete_breakpoint (b);
11583 }
11584
11585 struct cleanup *
11586 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11587 {
11588 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11589 }
11590
11591 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11592 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11593
11594 static void
11595 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11596 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11597 void *),
11598 void *data)
11599 {
11600 struct breakpoint *related;
11601
11602 related = b;
11603 do
11604 {
11605 struct breakpoint *next;
11606
11607 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11608 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11609
11610 if (next == related)
11611 {
11612 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11613 function (related, data);
11614
11615 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11616 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11617 out. */
11618 break;
11619 }
11620 else
11621 function (related, data);
11622
11623 related = next;
11624 }
11625 while (related != b);
11626 }
11627
11628 static void
11629 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11630 {
11631 delete_breakpoint (b);
11632 }
11633
11634 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11635 delete_breakpoint. */
11636
11637 static void
11638 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11639 {
11640 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11641 }
11642
11643 void
11644 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11645 {
11646 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11647
11648 dont_repeat ();
11649
11650 if (arg == 0)
11651 {
11652 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11653
11654 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11655 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11656 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11658 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11659 {
11660 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11661 break;
11662 }
11663
11664 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11665 if (!from_tty
11666 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11667 {
11668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11669 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11670 delete_breakpoint (b);
11671 }
11672 }
11673 else
11674 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11675 }
11676
11677 static int
11678 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11679 {
11680 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11681 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
11682 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11683 return 0;
11684 return 1;
11685 }
11686
11687 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11688 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11689 Null names are ignored. */
11690
11691 static int
11692 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11693 {
11694 struct bp_location *l;
11695 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11696 (int (*) (const void *,
11697 const void *)) streq,
11698 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11699
11700 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11701 {
11702 const char **slot;
11703 const char *name = l->function_name;
11704
11705 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11706 if (name == NULL)
11707 continue;
11708
11709 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11710 INSERT);
11711 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11712 returns NULL. */
11713 if (*slot != NULL)
11714 {
11715 htab_delete (htab);
11716 return 1;
11717 }
11718 *slot = name;
11719 }
11720
11721 htab_delete (htab);
11722 return 0;
11723 }
11724
11725 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11726 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11727 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11728 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11729 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11730 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11731 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11732 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11733 The heuristic is:
11734
11735 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11736 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11737 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11738 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11739 in the sources, and output a warning.
11740
11741 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11742 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11743 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11744 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11745 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11746 warning.
11747
11748 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11749 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11750 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11751 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11752 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11753 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11754 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11755 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11756 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11757
11758 static struct symtab_and_line
11759 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11760 {
11761 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11762 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11763 CORE_ADDR pc;
11764 int i;
11765
11766 pc = sal.pc;
11767 if (sal.line)
11768 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11769
11770 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11771 {
11772 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11773 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11774 b->number,
11775 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11776
11777 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11778 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11779 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11780
11781 return sal;
11782 }
11783
11784 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11785 by string ID. */
11786 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11787 && sal.line != 0
11788 && sal.symtab != NULL
11789 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11790 {
11791 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11792
11793 markers
11794 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11795
11796 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11797 {
11798 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11799 struct symbol *sym;
11800 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11801 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11802
11803 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11804
11805 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11806 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11807
11808 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11809 "found at previous line number"),
11810 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11811
11812 init_sal (&sal2);
11813
11814 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11815
11816 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11817 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11818 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11819 if (sym)
11820 {
11821 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11822 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11823 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11824 }
11825 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11826 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11827
11828 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11829 {
11830 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11831
11832 if (fullname)
11833 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11834 }
11835
11836 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11837 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11838
11839 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11840
11841 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11842 if (sym)
11843 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11844 else
11845 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11846
11847 xfree (b->addr_string);
11848 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11849 sal2.symtab->filename,
11850 b->loc->line_number);
11851
11852 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11853 so. */
11854
11855 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11856 }
11857 }
11858 return sal;
11859 }
11860
11861 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11862 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11863
11864 static int
11865 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11866 {
11867 while (a && b)
11868 {
11869 if (a->address != b->address)
11870 return 0;
11871
11872 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11873 return 0;
11874
11875 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11876 return 0;
11877
11878 a = a->next;
11879 b = b->next;
11880 }
11881
11882 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11883 return 0;
11884
11885 return 1;
11886 }
11887
11888 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11889 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11890 a ranged breakpoint. */
11891
11892 void
11893 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11895 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11896 {
11897 int i;
11898 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11899
11900 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11901 {
11902 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11903 location. */
11904 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11905 update_global_location_list (1);
11906 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11907 "multiple locations found\n"),
11908 b->number);
11909 return;
11910 }
11911
11912 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11913 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11914 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11915 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11916 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11917 individual locations. */
11918 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11919 return;
11920
11921 b->loc = NULL;
11922
11923 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11924 {
11925 struct bp_location *new_loc;
11926
11927 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11928
11929 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11930
11931 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11932 old symtab. */
11933 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11934 {
11935 char *s;
11936 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11937
11938 s = b->cond_string;
11939 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11940 {
11941 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11942 0);
11943 }
11944 if (e.reason < 0)
11945 {
11946 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11947 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11948 b->number, e.message);
11949 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11950 }
11951 }
11952
11953 if (sals_end.nelts)
11954 {
11955 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11956
11957 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11958 }
11959 }
11960
11961 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11962 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11963 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11964
11965 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11966 breakpoints. */
11967 {
11968 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11969 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11970 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11971 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11972 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11973 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11974 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11975
11976 for (; e; e = e->next)
11977 {
11978 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11979 {
11980 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11981 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11982 {
11983 for (; l; l = l->next)
11984 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11985 {
11986 l->enabled = 0;
11987 break;
11988 }
11989 }
11990 else
11991 {
11992 for (; l; l = l->next)
11993 if (l->function_name
11994 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11995 {
11996 l->enabled = 0;
11997 break;
11998 }
11999 }
12000 }
12001 }
12002 }
12003
12004 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12006
12007 update_global_location_list (1);
12008 }
12009
12010 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12011 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12012
12013 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12014 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12015 {
12016 char *s;
12017 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12018 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12019
12020 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12021 s = addr_string;
12022
12023 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12024 {
12025 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12026 }
12027 if (e.reason < 0)
12028 {
12029 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12030 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12031 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12032 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12033 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12034 state, then user already saw the message about that
12035 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12036 errors. */
12037 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12038 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12039 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12040 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12041 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12042 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12043
12044 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12045 {
12046 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12047 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12048 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12049 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12050 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12051 which approach is better. */
12052 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12053 throw_exception (e);
12054 }
12055 }
12056
12057 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12058 {
12059 int i;
12060
12061 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12062 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12063 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12064 {
12065 char *cond_string = 0;
12066 int thread = -1;
12067 int task = 0;
12068
12069 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12070 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12071 if (cond_string)
12072 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12073 b->thread = thread;
12074 b->task = task;
12075 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12076 }
12077
12078 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12079 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12080
12081 *found = 1;
12082 }
12083 else
12084 *found = 0;
12085
12086 return sals;
12087 }
12088
12089 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12090 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12091 locations. */
12092
12093 static void
12094 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12095 {
12096 int found;
12097 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12098 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12099 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12100
12101 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12102 if (found)
12103 {
12104 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12105 expanded = sals;
12106 }
12107
12108 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12109 {
12110 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12111 if (found)
12112 {
12113 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12114 expanded_end = sals_end;
12115 }
12116 }
12117
12118 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12119 }
12120
12121 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12122 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12123
12124 static void
12125 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12126 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12127 enum bptype type_wanted,
12128 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12129 {
12130 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12131 }
12132
12133 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12134 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12135 breakpoint_ops. */
12136
12137 static void
12138 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12139 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12140 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12141 char *cond_string,
12142 enum bptype type_wanted,
12143 enum bpdisp disposition,
12144 int thread,
12145 int task, int ignore_count,
12146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12147 int from_tty, int enabled,
12148 int internal)
12149 {
12150 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12151 type_wanted, disposition,
12152 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12153 enabled, internal);
12154 }
12155
12156 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12157 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12158
12159 static void
12160 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12161 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12162 {
12163 struct linespec_result canonical;
12164
12165 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12166 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12167 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12168 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12169 b->filter);
12170
12171 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12172 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12173
12174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12175 {
12176 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12177
12178 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12179 *sals = lsal->sals;
12180 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12181 contents. */
12182 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12183 }
12184
12185 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12186 }
12187
12188 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12189
12190 static struct cleanup *
12191 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12192 {
12193 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12194
12195 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12196 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12197 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12199 set_language (b->language);
12200
12201 return cleanups;
12202 }
12203
12204 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12205 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12206 Unused in this case. */
12207
12208 static int
12209 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12210 {
12211 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12212 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12213 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12214
12215 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12216 b->ops->re_set (b);
12217 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12218 return 0;
12219 }
12220
12221 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12222 void
12223 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12224 {
12225 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12226 enum language save_language;
12227 int save_input_radix;
12228 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12229
12230 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12231 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12232 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12233
12234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12235 {
12236 /* Format possible error msg. */
12237 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12238 b->number);
12239 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12240 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12241 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12242 }
12243 set_language (save_language);
12244 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12245
12246 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12247
12248 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12249
12250 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12251 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12252 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12253 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12254
12255 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12256 skip_re_set ();
12257 }
12258 \f
12259 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12260
12261 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12262 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12263 void
12264 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12265 {
12266 if (b->thread != -1)
12267 {
12268 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12269 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12270
12271 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12272 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12273 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12274 as well. */
12275 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12276 }
12277 }
12278
12279 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12280 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12281 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12282
12283 void
12284 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12285 {
12286 struct breakpoint *b;
12287
12288 if (count < 0)
12289 count = 0;
12290
12291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12292 if (b->number == bptnum)
12293 {
12294 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12295 {
12296 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12297 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12298 bptnum);
12299 return;
12300 }
12301
12302 b->ignore_count = count;
12303 if (from_tty)
12304 {
12305 if (count == 0)
12306 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12307 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12308 bptnum);
12309 else if (count == 1)
12310 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12311 bptnum);
12312 else
12313 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12314 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12315 count, bptnum);
12316 }
12317 breakpoints_changed ();
12318 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12319 return;
12320 }
12321
12322 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12323 }
12324
12325 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12326
12327 static void
12328 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12329 {
12330 char *p = args;
12331 int num;
12332
12333 if (p == 0)
12334 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12335
12336 num = get_number (&p);
12337 if (num == 0)
12338 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12339 if (*p == 0)
12340 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12341
12342 set_ignore_count (num,
12343 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12344 from_tty);
12345 if (from_tty)
12346 printf_filtered ("\n");
12347 }
12348 \f
12349 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12350 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12351
12352 static void
12353 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12354 void *),
12355 void *data)
12356 {
12357 int num;
12358 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12359 int match;
12360 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12361
12362 if (args == 0)
12363 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12364
12365 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12366
12367 while (!state.finished)
12368 {
12369 char *p = state.string;
12370
12371 match = 0;
12372
12373 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12374 if (num == 0)
12375 {
12376 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12377 }
12378 else
12379 {
12380 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12381 if (b->number == num)
12382 {
12383 match = 1;
12384 function (b, data);
12385 break;
12386 }
12387 if (match == 0)
12388 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12389 }
12390 }
12391 }
12392
12393 static struct bp_location *
12394 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12395 {
12396 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12397 char *p1;
12398 int bp_num;
12399 int loc_num;
12400 struct breakpoint *b;
12401 struct bp_location *loc;
12402
12403 *dot = '\0';
12404
12405 p1 = number;
12406 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12407 if (bp_num == 0)
12408 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12409
12410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12411 if (b->number == bp_num)
12412 {
12413 break;
12414 }
12415
12416 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12417 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12418
12419 p1 = dot+1;
12420 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12421 if (loc_num == 0)
12422 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12423
12424 --loc_num;
12425 loc = b->loc;
12426 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12427 ;
12428 if (!loc)
12429 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12430
12431 return loc;
12432 }
12433
12434
12435 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12436 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12437 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12438
12439 void
12440 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12441 {
12442 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12443 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12444 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12445 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12446 return;
12447
12448 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12449 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12450 return;
12451
12452 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12453
12454 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12455 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12456 {
12457 struct bp_location *location;
12458
12459 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12460 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12461 }
12462
12463 update_global_location_list (0);
12464
12465 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12466 }
12467
12468 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12469
12470 static void
12471 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12472 {
12473 disable_breakpoint (b);
12474 }
12475
12476 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12477 disable_breakpoint. */
12478
12479 static void
12480 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12481 {
12482 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12483 }
12484
12485 static void
12486 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12487 {
12488 if (args == 0)
12489 {
12490 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12491
12492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12493 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12494 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12495 }
12496 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12497 {
12498 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12499 if (loc)
12500 {
12501 loc->enabled = 0;
12502 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12503 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12504 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12505 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12506 }
12507 update_global_location_list (0);
12508 }
12509 else
12510 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12511 }
12512
12513 static void
12514 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12515 {
12516 int target_resources_ok;
12517
12518 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12519 {
12520 int i;
12521 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12522 target_resources_ok =
12523 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12524 i + 1, 0);
12525 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12526 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12527 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12528 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12529 }
12530
12531 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12532 {
12533 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12534 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12535 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12536
12537 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12538 {
12539 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12540
12541 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12542 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12543 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12544 }
12545 if (e.reason < 0)
12546 {
12547 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12548 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12549 bpt->number);
12550 return;
12551 }
12552 }
12553
12554 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12555 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12556
12557 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12558 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12559 {
12560 struct bp_location *location;
12561
12562 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12563 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12564 }
12565
12566 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12567 update_global_location_list (1);
12568 breakpoints_changed ();
12569
12570 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12571 }
12572
12573
12574 void
12575 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12576 {
12577 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12578 }
12579
12580 static void
12581 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12582 {
12583 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12584 }
12585
12586 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12587 enable_breakpoint. */
12588
12589 static void
12590 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12591 {
12592 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12593 }
12594
12595 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12596 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12597 in stopping the inferior. */
12598
12599 static void
12600 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12601 {
12602 if (args == 0)
12603 {
12604 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12605
12606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12607 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12608 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12609 }
12610 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12611 {
12612 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12613 if (loc)
12614 {
12615 loc->enabled = 1;
12616 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12617 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12618 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12619 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12620 }
12621 update_global_location_list (1);
12622 }
12623 else
12624 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12625 }
12626
12627 static void
12628 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12629 {
12630 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12631
12632 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12633 }
12634
12635 static void
12636 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12637 {
12638 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12639
12640 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12641 }
12642
12643 static void
12644 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12645 {
12646 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12647 }
12648
12649 static void
12650 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12651 {
12652 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12653
12654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12655 }
12656
12657 static void
12658 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12659 {
12660 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12661 }
12662 \f
12663 static void
12664 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12665 {
12666 }
12667
12668 static void
12669 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12670 {
12671 }
12672
12673 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12674 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12675 GDB itself. */
12676
12677 static void
12678 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12679 const bfd_byte *data)
12680 {
12681 struct breakpoint *bp;
12682
12683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12684 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12685 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12686 {
12687 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12688
12689 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12690 {
12691 struct bp_location *loc;
12692
12693 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12694 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12695 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12696 && addr + len > loc->address)
12697 {
12698 value_free (wp->val);
12699 wp->val = NULL;
12700 wp->val_valid = 0;
12701 }
12702 }
12703 }
12704 }
12705
12706 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12707 if they aren't valid. */
12708
12709 struct symtabs_and_lines
12710 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12711 {
12712 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12713
12714 if (string == 0)
12715 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12716 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12717 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12718 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12719 get_last_displayed_line ());
12720 else
12721 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12722 if (*string)
12723 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12724 return sals;
12725 }
12726
12727 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12728 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12729 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12730 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12731 someday. */
12732
12733 void *
12734 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12735 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12736 {
12737 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12738
12739 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12740
12741 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12742 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12743
12744 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12745 {
12746 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12747 xfree (bp_tgt);
12748 return NULL;
12749 }
12750
12751 return bp_tgt;
12752 }
12753
12754 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12755 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12756
12757 int
12758 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12759 {
12760 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12761 int ret;
12762
12763 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12764 xfree (bp_tgt);
12765
12766 return ret;
12767 }
12768
12769 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12770 stepping. */
12771
12772 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12773 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12774
12775 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12776
12777 void
12778 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12779 struct address_space *aspace,
12780 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12781 {
12782 void **bpt_p;
12783
12784 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12785 {
12786 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12787 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12788 }
12789 else
12790 {
12791 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12792 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12793 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12794 }
12795
12796 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12797 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12798 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12799 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12800 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12801 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12802
12803 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12804 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12805 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12806 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12807 }
12808
12809 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12810 were inserted or not. */
12811
12812 int
12813 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12814 {
12815 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12816 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12817 }
12818
12819 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12820
12821 void
12822 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12823 {
12824 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12825
12826 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12827 call. */
12828 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12829 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12830 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12831 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12832
12833 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12834 {
12835 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12836 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12837 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12838 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12839 }
12840 }
12841
12842 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12843 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12844 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12845 exec. */
12846
12847 void
12848 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12849 {
12850 int i;
12851
12852 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12853 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12854 {
12855 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12856 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12857 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12858 }
12859 }
12860
12861 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12862 removing them. */
12863
12864 static void
12865 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12866 {
12867 int i;
12868
12869 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12870 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12871 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12872 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12873 }
12874
12875 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12876 PC. */
12877
12878 static int
12879 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12880 CORE_ADDR pc)
12881 {
12882 int i;
12883
12884 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12885 {
12886 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12887 if (bp_tgt
12888 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12889 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12890 aspace, pc))
12891 return 1;
12892 }
12893
12894 return 0;
12895 }
12896
12897 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12898 non-zero otherwise. */
12899 static int
12900 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12901 {
12902 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12903 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12904 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12905 return 1;
12906 else
12907 return 0;
12908 }
12909
12910 int
12911 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12912 {
12913 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12914
12915 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12916 }
12917
12918 int
12919 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12920 {
12921 struct breakpoint *bp;
12922
12923 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12924 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12925 {
12926 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12927
12928 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12929 {
12930 int i, iter;
12931 for (i = 0;
12932 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12933 i++)
12934 if (syscall_number == iter)
12935 return 1;
12936 }
12937 else
12938 return 1;
12939 }
12940
12941 return 0;
12942 }
12943
12944 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12945 static char **
12946 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12947 char *text, char *word)
12948 {
12949 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12950 char **retlist
12951 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12952
12953 xfree (list);
12954 return retlist;
12955 }
12956
12957 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12958
12959 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12960 static void
12961 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12962 {
12963 tracepoint_count = num;
12964 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12965 }
12966
12967 void
12968 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12969 {
12970 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12971 arg,
12972 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12973 0 /* tempflag */,
12974 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12975 0 /* Ignore count */,
12976 pending_break_support,
12977 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12978 from_tty,
12979 1 /* enabled */,
12980 0 /* internal */))
12981 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12982 }
12983
12984 void
12985 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12986 {
12987 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12988 arg,
12989 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12990 0 /* tempflag */,
12991 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12992 0 /* Ignore count */,
12993 pending_break_support,
12994 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12995 from_tty,
12996 1 /* enabled */,
12997 0 /* internal */))
12998 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12999 }
13000
13001 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13002
13003 void
13004 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13005 {
13006 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13007
13008 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13009 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13010 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13011 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13012 else
13013 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13014
13015 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13016 arg,
13017 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13018 0 /* tempflag */,
13019 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13020 0 /* Ignore count */,
13021 pending_break_support,
13022 ops,
13023 from_tty,
13024 1 /* enabled */,
13025 0 /* internal */))
13026 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13027 }
13028
13029 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13030 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13031
13032 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13033 static int next_cmd;
13034
13035 static char *
13036 read_uploaded_action (void)
13037 {
13038 char *rslt;
13039
13040 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13041
13042 next_cmd++;
13043
13044 return rslt;
13045 }
13046
13047 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13048 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13049 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13050 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13051 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13052
13053 struct tracepoint *
13054 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13055 {
13056 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13057 struct tracepoint *tp;
13058
13059 if (utp->at_string)
13060 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13061 else
13062 {
13063 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13064 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13065 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13066 user. */
13067 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13068 "source location, using raw address"),
13069 utp->number);
13070 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13071 addr_str = small_buf;
13072 }
13073
13074 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13075 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13076 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13077 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13078 utp->number);
13079
13080 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13081 addr_str,
13082 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13083 0 /* tempflag */,
13084 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13085 0 /* Ignore count */,
13086 pending_break_support,
13087 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13088 0 /* from_tty */,
13089 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13090 0 /* internal */))
13091 return NULL;
13092
13093 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13094
13095 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13096 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13097 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13098
13099 if (utp->pass > 0)
13100 {
13101 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13102
13103 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13104 }
13105
13106 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13107 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13108 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13109 function. */
13110 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13111 {
13112 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13113
13114 this_utp = utp;
13115 next_cmd = 0;
13116
13117 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13118
13119 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13120 }
13121 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13122 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13123 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13124 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13125 utp->number);
13126
13127 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13128 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13129 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13130
13131 return tp;
13132 }
13133
13134 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13135 omitted. */
13136
13137 static void
13138 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13139 {
13140 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13141 int num_printed;
13142
13143 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13144
13145 if (num_printed == 0)
13146 {
13147 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13148 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13149 else
13150 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13151 }
13152
13153 default_collect_info ();
13154 }
13155
13156 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13157 Not supported by all targets. */
13158 static void
13159 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13160 {
13161 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13162 }
13163
13164 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13165 Not supported by all targets. */
13166 static void
13167 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13168 {
13169 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13170 }
13171
13172 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13173 static void
13174 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13175 {
13176 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13177
13178 dont_repeat ();
13179
13180 if (arg == 0)
13181 {
13182 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13183
13184 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13185 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13186 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13187 argument. */
13188 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13189 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13190 {
13191 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13192 break;
13193 }
13194
13195 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13196 if (!from_tty
13197 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13198 {
13199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13200 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13201 delete_breakpoint (b);
13202 }
13203 }
13204 else
13205 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13206 }
13207
13208 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13209
13210 static void
13211 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13212 {
13213 tp->pass_count = count;
13214 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13215 if (from_tty)
13216 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13217 tp->base.number, count);
13218 }
13219
13220 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13221
13222 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13223 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13224 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13225
13226 static void
13227 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13228 {
13229 struct tracepoint *t1;
13230 unsigned int count;
13231
13232 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13233 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13234 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13235
13236 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13237
13238 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13239 args++;
13240
13241 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13242 {
13243 struct breakpoint *b;
13244
13245 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13246 if (*args)
13247 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13248
13249 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13250 {
13251 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13252 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13253 }
13254 }
13255 else if (*args == '\0')
13256 {
13257 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13258 if (t1)
13259 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13260 }
13261 else
13262 {
13263 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13264
13265 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13266 while (!state.finished)
13267 {
13268 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13269 if (t1)
13270 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13271 }
13272 }
13273 }
13274
13275 struct tracepoint *
13276 get_tracepoint (int num)
13277 {
13278 struct breakpoint *t;
13279
13280 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13281 if (t->number == num)
13282 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13283
13284 return NULL;
13285 }
13286
13287 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13288 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13289 reconnecting). */
13290
13291 struct tracepoint *
13292 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13293 {
13294 struct breakpoint *b;
13295
13296 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13297 {
13298 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13299
13300 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13301 return t;
13302 }
13303
13304 return NULL;
13305 }
13306
13307 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13308 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13309 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13310 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13311 struct tracepoint *
13312 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13313 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13314 int optional_p)
13315 {
13316 extern int tracepoint_count;
13317 struct breakpoint *t;
13318 int tpnum;
13319 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13320
13321 if (state)
13322 {
13323 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13324 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13325 }
13326 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13327 {
13328 if (optional_p)
13329 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13330 else
13331 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13332 }
13333 else
13334 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13335
13336 if (tpnum <= 0)
13337 {
13338 if (instring && *instring)
13339 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13340 instring);
13341 else
13342 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13343 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13344 return NULL;
13345 }
13346
13347 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13348 if (t->number == tpnum)
13349 {
13350 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13351 }
13352
13353 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13354 return NULL;
13355 }
13356
13357 void
13358 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13359 {
13360 if (b->thread != -1)
13361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13362
13363 if (b->task != 0)
13364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13365
13366 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13367 }
13368
13369 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13370 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13371 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13372 non-zero. */
13373
13374 static void
13375 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13376 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13377 {
13378 struct breakpoint *tp;
13379 int any = 0;
13380 char *pathname;
13381 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13382 struct ui_file *fp;
13383 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13384
13385 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13386 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13387
13388 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13390 {
13391 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13392 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13393 continue;
13394
13395 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13396 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13397 continue;
13398
13399 any = 1;
13400
13401 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13402 {
13403 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13404
13405 /* We can stop searching. */
13406 break;
13407 }
13408 }
13409
13410 if (!any)
13411 {
13412 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13413 return;
13414 }
13415
13416 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13417 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13418 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13419 if (!fp)
13420 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13421 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13422 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13423
13424 if (extra_trace_bits)
13425 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13426
13427 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13428 {
13429 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13430 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13431 continue;
13432
13433 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13434 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13435 continue;
13436
13437 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13438
13439 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13440 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13441 instead. */
13442
13443 if (tp->cond_string)
13444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13445
13446 if (tp->ignore_count)
13447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13448
13449 if (tp->commands)
13450 {
13451 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13452
13453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13454
13455 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13456 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13457 {
13458 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13459 }
13460 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13461
13462 if (ex.reason < 0)
13463 throw_exception (ex);
13464
13465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13466 }
13467
13468 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13469 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13470
13471 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13472 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13473 special, and not user visible. */
13474 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13475 {
13476 struct bp_location *loc;
13477 int n = 1;
13478
13479 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13480 if (!loc->enabled)
13481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13482 }
13483 }
13484
13485 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13487
13488 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13489 if (from_tty)
13490 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13491 }
13492
13493 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13494
13495 static void
13496 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13497 {
13498 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13499 }
13500
13501 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13502
13503 static void
13504 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13505 {
13506 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13507 }
13508
13509 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13510
13511 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13512 all_tracepoints (void)
13513 {
13514 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13515 struct breakpoint *tp;
13516
13517 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13518 {
13519 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13520 }
13521
13522 return tp_vec;
13523 }
13524
13525 \f
13526 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13527 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13528 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13529 command. */
13530 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13531 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13532 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13533 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13534 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13535 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13536 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13537 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13538 \n\
13539 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13540 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13541 \n\
13542 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13543 conditions are different.\n\
13544 \n\
13545 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13546
13547 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13548 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13549
13550 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13551 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13552
13553 void
13554 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13555 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13556 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13557 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13558 char *text, char *word),
13559 void *user_data_catch,
13560 void *user_data_tcatch)
13561 {
13562 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13563
13564 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13565 &catch_cmdlist);
13566 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13567 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13568 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13569
13570 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13571 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13572 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13573 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13574 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13575 }
13576
13577 static void
13578 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13579 {
13580 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13581 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13582 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13583 }
13584
13585 static void
13586 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13587 {
13588 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13589 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13590 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13591 }
13592
13593 struct breakpoint *
13594 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13595 void *data)
13596 {
13597 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13598
13599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13600 {
13601 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13602 return b;
13603 }
13604
13605 return NULL;
13606 }
13607
13608 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13609 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13610
13611 static int
13612 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13613 {
13614 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13615 non-inline function. */
13616 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13617 return 1;
13618
13619 return 0;
13620 }
13621
13622 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13623 have been inlined. */
13624
13625 int
13626 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13627 {
13628 struct breakpoint *b;
13629 struct bp_location *bl;
13630
13631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13632 {
13633 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13634 continue;
13635
13636 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13637 {
13638 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13639 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13640 return 1;
13641 }
13642 }
13643
13644 return 0;
13645 }
13646
13647 void
13648 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13649 {
13650 static int initialized = 0;
13651
13652 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13653
13654 if (initialized)
13655 return;
13656 initialized = 1;
13657
13658 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13659 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13660 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13661 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13662 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13663 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13664 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13665 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13666 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13667 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
13668 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
13669 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
13670
13671 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13672 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13673 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13674 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13675 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13676 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13677 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13678 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13679
13680 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13681 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13682 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13683 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13684 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13685 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13686 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13687 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13688 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13689 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13690
13691 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13692 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13693 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13694 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13695 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13696 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13697 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13698
13699 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13700 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13701 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13702 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13703 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13704 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13705 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13706
13707 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13708 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13709 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13710 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13711 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13712 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13713 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13714
13715 /* Watchpoints. */
13716 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13717 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13718 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13719 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13720 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13721 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13722 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13723 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13724 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13725 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13726 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13727 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13728 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13729
13730 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13731 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13732 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13733 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13734 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13735 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13736 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13737 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13738 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13739 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13740 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13741
13742 /* Tracepoints. */
13743 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13744 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13745 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13746 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13747 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13748 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13749 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13750 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
13751 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
13752 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
13753
13754 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13755 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13756 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13757 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
13758 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
13759 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
13760
13761 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13762 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13763 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13764 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13765 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13766 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13767 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13768 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13769 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13770 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13771
13772 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13773 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13774 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13775 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13776 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13777 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13778 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13779 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13780 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13781 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13782
13783 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13784 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13785 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13786 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13787 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13788 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13789 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13790 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13791 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13792 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13793 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13794
13795 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13796 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13797 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13798 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13799 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13800 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13801 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13802 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13803 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13804 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13805 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13806 }
13807
13808 void
13809 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13810 {
13811 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13812
13813 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13814
13815 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13816 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13817 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13818
13819 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13820
13821 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13822 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13823 before a breakpoint is set. */
13824 breakpoint_count = 0;
13825
13826 tracepoint_count = 0;
13827
13828 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13829 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13830 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13831 if (xdb_commands)
13832 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13833
13834 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13835 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13836 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13837 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13838 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13839 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13840 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13841 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13842
13843 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13844 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13845 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13846 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13847
13848 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13849 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13850 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13851 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13852 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13853 \n"
13854 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13855 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13856
13857 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13858 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13859 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13860 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13861 \n"
13862 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13863 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13864
13865 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13866 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13867 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13868 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13869 \n"
13870 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13871 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13872
13873 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13874 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13875 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13876 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13877 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13878 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13879 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13880 if (xdb_commands)
13881 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13882 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13883 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13884 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13885 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13886 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13887
13888 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13889
13890 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13891 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13892 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13893 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13894 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13895 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13896
13897 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13898 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13899 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13900 &enablebreaklist);
13901
13902 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13903 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13904 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13905 &enablebreaklist);
13906
13907 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13908 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13909 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13910 &enablelist);
13911
13912 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13913 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13914 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13915 &enablelist);
13916
13917 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13918 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13919 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13920 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13921 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13922 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13923 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13924 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13925 if (xdb_commands)
13926 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13927 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13928 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13929 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13930 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13931
13932 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13933 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13934 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13935 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13936 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13937 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13938 &disablelist);
13939
13940 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13941 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13942 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13943 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13944 \n\
13945 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13946 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13947 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13948 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13949 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13950 if (xdb_commands)
13951 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13952 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13953 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13954 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13955
13956 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13957 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13958 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13959 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13960 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13961 &deletelist);
13962
13963 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13964 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13965 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13966 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13967 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13968 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13969 \n\
13970 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13971 is executing in.\n\
13972 \n\
13973 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13974 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13975
13976 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13977 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13978 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13979 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13980
13981 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13982 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13983 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13984 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13985
13986 if (xdb_commands)
13987 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13988
13989 if (dbx_commands)
13990 {
13991 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13992 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13993 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13994 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13995 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13996 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13997 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13998 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13999 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14000 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14001 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14002 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14003 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14004 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14005 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14006 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14007 \n\
14008 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14009 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14010 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14011 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14012 breakpoint set."));
14013 }
14014
14015 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14016 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14017 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14018 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14019 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14020 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14021 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14022 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14023 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14024 \n\
14025 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14026 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14027 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14028 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14029 breakpoint set."));
14030
14031 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14032
14033 if (xdb_commands)
14034 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14035 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14036 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14037 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14038 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14039 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14040 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14041 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14042 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14043 \n\
14044 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14045 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14046 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14047 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14048 breakpoint set."));
14049
14050 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14051 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14052 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14053 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14054 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14055 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14056 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14057 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14058 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14059 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14060 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14061 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14062 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14063 \n\
14064 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14065 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14066 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14067 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14068 breakpoint set."),
14069 &maintenanceinfolist);
14070
14071 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14072 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14073 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14074 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14075
14076 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14077 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14078 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14079 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14080
14081 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14082 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14083 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14084 catch_catch_command,
14085 NULL,
14086 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14087 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14088 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14089 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14090 catch_throw_command,
14091 NULL,
14092 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14093 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14094 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14095 catch_fork_command_1,
14096 NULL,
14097 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14098 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14099 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14100 catch_fork_command_1,
14101 NULL,
14102 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14103 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14104 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14105 catch_exec_command_1,
14106 NULL,
14107 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14108 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14109 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14110 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14111 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14112 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14113 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14114 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14115 catch_syscall_command_1,
14116 catch_syscall_completer,
14117 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14118 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14119
14120 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14121 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14122 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14123 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14124 an expression changes.\n\
14125 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14126 the memory to which it refers."));
14127 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14128
14129 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14130 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14131 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14132 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14133 an expression is read.\n\
14134 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14135 the memory to which it refers."));
14136 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14137
14138 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14139 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14140 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14141 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14142 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14143 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14144 the memory to which it refers."));
14145 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14146
14147 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14148 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14149
14150 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14151 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14152 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14153 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14154 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14155 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14156 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14157 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14158 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14159 hardware.)"),
14160 NULL,
14161 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14162 &setlist, &showlist);
14163
14164 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14165
14166 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14167
14168 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14169 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14170 \n"
14171 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14172 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14173 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14174
14175 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14176 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14177 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14178 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14179
14180 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14181 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14182 \n"
14183 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14184 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14185 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14186
14187 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14188 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14189 \n\
14190 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14191 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14192 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14193 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14194 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14195 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14196 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14197 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14198 the selected stack frame.\n\
14199 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14200 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14201 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14202 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14203 \n\
14204 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14205 \n\
14206 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14207 conditions are different.\n\
14208 \n\
14209 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14210 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14211 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14212
14213 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14214 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14215 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14216 last tracepoint set."));
14217
14218 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14219
14220 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14221 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14222 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14223 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14224 &deletelist);
14225
14226 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14227 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14228 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14229 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14230 &disablelist);
14231 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14232
14233 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14234 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14235 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14236 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14237 &enablelist);
14238 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14239
14240 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14241 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14242 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14243 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14244 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14245
14246 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14247 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14248 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14249 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14250
14251 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14252 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14253 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14254 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14255 session to restore them."),
14256 &save_cmdlist);
14257 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14258
14259 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14260 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14261 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14262 &save_cmdlist);
14263 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14264
14265 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14266 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14267
14268 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14269 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14270 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14271 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14272 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14273 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14274 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14275 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14276 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14277 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14278 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14279 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14280
14281 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14282 &pending_break_support, _("\
14283 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14284 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14285 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14286 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14287 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14288 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14289 NULL,
14290 show_pending_break_support,
14291 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14292 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14293
14294 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14295
14296 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14297 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14298 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14299 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14300 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14301 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14302 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14303 NULL,
14304 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14305 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14306 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14307
14308 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14309 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14310 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14311 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14312 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14313 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14314 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14315 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14316 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14317 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14318 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14319 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14320 NULL,
14321 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14322 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14323 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14324
14325 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14326 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14327 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14328 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14329 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14330 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14331 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14332 or the start of the range\n\
14333 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14334 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14335 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14336 \n\
14337 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14338 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14339 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14340
14341 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14342
14343 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14344 }
This page took 0.334527 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.